LITEC catalogue 2.0eng

Page 1


1

2 3

5 LITEC designs and manufactures bespoke and standard aluminium truss systems for entertainment, corporate, film and TV, concert touring, theme park and architectural applications. The company assists clients from initial concept to installation providing them with knowledge and experience to realize safe, simple and easyto-assemble solutions. To complete the Trussing line, LITEC offers a wide range of Rigging products, electric chain hoists, controllers and accessories complying with the highest standards of quality and safety. High quality equals safety. LITEC has always been on the front line to spread out know-how in the industry organizing training for professionals. LITEC meets all your trussing and rigging needs thanks to our cutting edge technology, design innovation, extensive product portfolio and global support network. You can follow us on www.litectruss.com, Facebook and YouTube.

4 6

7

8 10

9

12

11 14

13 15

16


CERTIFICATIONS There are different levels of quality when talking about aluminium trusses. There is the quality of the raw material, the quality of welding and the quality on the manufacturing process. Products have to comply with all the relevant international standards and they are tested and certified by the most respectable certification institutes. High quality equals safety. This is guaranteed not only through certificates, but also with common sense and deep knowledge of engineers and installers. The product needs to be calculated and certified through rigorous calculation reports and installation must be tested by a qualified engineer. The Standards that are commonly used for the technical evaluation of a product refer to normative codes issued and recognized at a national and international level. Among these we can mention ANSI, BS, EN, ISO, DIN. Each of these outlines a different calculation approach, still leading to similar results. LITEC’s products and processes are certified by the following bodies: TÜV Süd One of the world’s leading organizations that supplies technical services and certifies the quality of processes and products. GSI SLV München (Schweißtechnische Lehr – und Versuchsanstalt) They certify that welding quality control process is carried out in accordance with German standard DIN V 4113-3. LITEC is certified at class C, the most demanding of the certification grades, corresponding to the highest levels of quality. DVS Zert They certify the process of welding according to the European and international standard EN ISO 3834-2, and provide certified welders’ licenses. DVS Zert is ANBCC (Authorized National Body for Company Certification) for Germany, within EWF (European Welding Federation) and IIW (International Institute of Welding). DIBt (Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik) They are the Center of Competence in Civil Engineering by certifying the resistance of welding between aluminium extruded profiles and die-cast end plates. They are a member of EOTA (European Organisation for Technical Approvals) and other national and international organisations. University of Padua – Department of Civil, Environmental and Architectural Engineering They carry out ‘Stress Tests’ on trussing products. Iuav University of Venice – Department of Architectural Construction They carry out ‘Stress Tests’ on trussing products.

4

5


LITEC Strutture & Soluzioni


LITEC Strutture & Soluzioni INDEX RF40 QL40A FX25SAA

QL52A

ALI4251

FX30SA

QL76A

ALI4251N

TOWERLIFT 3

TX25S

QL85A

ALI4851

UNITOWER

TX30S

RL76A

ALI4851N

VARITOWER 3

QX25S

RL105A

ALI4851S

MAXITOWER MT40

FLYINTOWER 6-300

ALI6063

MAXITOWER MT52

FLYINTOWER 7.5-500

LIC3851

MAXITOWER MT76

FLYINTOWER 9.5-600

LIC4851

ML3 5626

FLYINTOWER 13-2,000

CLAMPS LINE

ML4 6527

FLYINTOWER 15-2,000

131

145

164

QX30SA QX40SA QH30SA

MyT P SERIES TRUSSES

QH40SA

E SERIES TRUSSES

15

55

LIBERA FL52

Pre-rig

LIBERA FL76

STACKING 40

LIBERA FL105

65

DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40

RINGS END-PLATED TRUSSES

STACKING 52

DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52

RINGS HIGH-LOAD TRUSSES

81

120

125 PANORAMIC WHEEL

Aluminium Ballast Systems with adjustable feet

S6-H6 L1,300

RINGS

S7-H7 L1,600

BUS AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE

Aluminium Ballast Systems with forks

S8-H7 L1,800

Steel Ballast Systems with adjustable feet

S9-H7 L2,900

Steel Ballast Systems with forks

S13-H9 L9,000

176

STANDARD MODULE

SWIVELLING PLATFORM

“END-PLATED” TRUSSES

ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE

RHOMBUS CEILING

LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES

GATE ACCESS MODULE

CABLECROSS 25HD

SPRINGBOARDS

S21-H15 L12,000

HIGH LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES

CABLE ACCESS MODULE

CABLECROSS 66HD

“THE HIGHEST STAGE IN THE WORLD”

184

203

257

263

271

EQUIPPED GYM CENTRE

S8-H7 L2,000

S11-H9 L6,000

STEEL WIRE ROPES

FLYING BOARD ZEBRA TRUSSES

ROUNDSLINGS BELT RACHETS

EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS

EXE DRIVERS

ANCHORING

LITEC HOISTS

LITEC DRIVERS

HARDWARE

285

317

337


“END-PLATED” TRUSSES FX25SA FX30SA TX25S TX30S QX25S QX30SA QX40SA QH30SA

TRUSSES QUALITY LITEC offers a vast and complete range of trusses, which includes the series with end plates, the new truss line provided with conical connection, the LIBERA System and the High Load Trusses with forked connections, in order to meet the needs of operators in various different sectors. Trusses are aesthetically pleasing, light and robust and are used where structures have to be built for hanging lights, equipment, false ceiling, etc. To provide the right solution for every situation, with the most suitable product.

QH40SA CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES P SERIES TRUSSES E SERIES TRUSSES

56 60

LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES LIBERA FL52 LIBERA FL76 LIBERA FL105

66 70 74

HIGH-LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES RF40 QL40A QL52A QL76A QL85A RL76A RL105A MyT Pre-rig STACKING 40 STACKING 52

10

16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

82 86 90 94 98 100 104 108 110 112 114

11


“END-PLATED� TRUSSES RELIABILITY The end-plated truss line stands out for its design, durability and reliability. Strengthened by a dual connection system of spigots or bolts, represents a benchmark for the installations sector. The end plate guarantees relevant benefits: - Greater twist resistance - Minimal eccentricity - Absolute compatibility between trusses. In addition, when end-plated trusses are loaded in a van, they allow to use the room inside them, thus exploiting space at the best.


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

/ SYSTEM

END-PLATED TRUSSES FX25SA

FX25SA ANTI-TORSION Flat section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. This is the smallest of our flat, end-plated trusses. Internal diagonal braces are made using 14 mm extruded aluminium, which helps to keep the visual profile of the truss to a minimum. Also suitable for use in tight spaces.

FX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

110

B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm EN AW 6005 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code

cm

kg

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm EN AW 6060 T6

FX25ACS FX25K2 FX25K4 FX25L2045P FX25L2045V FX25L2060P FX25L2060V FX25L2090P FX25L2090V FX25L2120P FX25L2120V FX25L2135P FX25L2135V FX25L3LP FX25L3LV FX25L3RP FX25L3RV FX25T3NP FX25T3NV FX25T4NP FX25T4NV FX25X4NP FX25X4NV FX25ACL

25x12.5x5 25x5x5 25x25x5 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 25x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x55 50x50x25 25x25x5

1.7 1.2 3.3 2.0 3.0 2.7 3.3 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.1 1.9 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.1 2.1 3.0 2.7 2.1 2.4 4.1

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems FXFC: quick-fit kit FXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code

cm

kg

FX25S012M5 FX25S025 FX25S050 FX25S100 FX25S150 FX25S200 FX25S250 FX25S300 FX25S350 FX25S400

25x5x12.5 25x5x25 25x5x50 25x5x100 25x5x150 25x5x200 25x25x250 25x5x300 25x5x350 25x5x400

0.8 1.0 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.9 4.6 5.4 6.2 7.0

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point full central point load load deflection load kg/m kg mm kg

250

1 2 3 4 5 6

269 134 45 13 4 1

269 267 136 52 21 6

0 1 2 2 2 2

269 261 79 31 13 5

full load kg

THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD central point full central point full central point full central deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm

269 261 79 31 13 5

0 1 1 1 1 1

135 134 51 20 8 2

269 267 102 39 16 5

0 0 2 2 2 2

90 89 36 14 6 2

269 267 109 42 17 6

0 1 2 2 2 2

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

134 64 19 5 1

134 127 56 18 4

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 4 6 6 6

269 267 113 43 18 5

0 1 2 2 2 2

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5

67 67 28 11 4 1

130 84 23 7 1

1 7 7 6 5

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

2 3 4

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 193 85 48

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

15


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

FX25SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

FX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

FX25SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories

QXFC

FXKFC

FXSM10w

Quick connection set

2 special steel half spigot with screw

Bolt connection set

FX25SA / ACCESSORIES

FX25SL2045P

FX25SL2045V

FX25SL2060P

FX25SL2060V

FX25SL2090P

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 45° corner horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 45° corner vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner horizontal

FX25SL2090V

FX25SL2120P

FX25SL2120V

FX25SL2135P

FX25SL2135V

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner vertical

FX25SL3LP

FX25SL3LV

FX25SL3RP

FX25SL3RV

FX25ST3NP

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner left horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner left vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner right horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner right vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way tee horizontal

FX25ST3NV

FX25ST4NP

FX25ST4NV

FX30SX4NP

FX30SX4NV

ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way tee vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way tee horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way tee vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical

DADO SYSTEM

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

FX25SACL

FX25SACS

FP25

TZ30K01

ST 25 cm. flat - Clamp module long

ST 25 cm. flat - Clamp module short

Universal 25 cm truss floor plate

Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss

FX25K2

FX25K4

DADO 4 way flat corner (2 nodules)

DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)

K2 is the DADO version for flat section.

K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

17


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES FX30SA

FX30SA ANTI-TORSION Flat section aluminium truss with 29 cm long sides. The most widely used of the flat, end-plated trusses. Ideal for use in reticular/ grid structures and also perfectly suited for use alongside similar components supporting lightweight installations.

FX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

150

B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code

cm

kg

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

FX30K2 FX30K4 FX30SL2060P FX30SL2060V FX30SL2090P FX30SL2090V FX30SL2120P FX30SL2120V FX30SL2135P FX30SL2135V FX30SL3LP FX30SL3LV FX30SL3RP FX30SL3RV FX30ST3NP FX30ST3NV FX30ST4NP FX30ST4NV FX30SX4NP FX30SX4NV FX30SACL FX30SACS

29x5x5 29x29x5 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 50x50x29 29x21x5 29x10.5x5

1.3 3.3 3.8 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.6 2.9 2.7 2.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 2.9 4.2 3.0 4.2 3.4 3.9 2.4 2.1

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems FXFC: quick-fit kit FXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code

cm

kg

FX30S010M5 FX30S021 FX30S025 FX30S050 FX30S100 FX30S150 FX30S200 FX30S250 FX30S300 FX30S350 FX30S400

29x5x10.5 29x5x21 29x5x25 29x5x50 29x5x100 29x5x150 29x5x200 29x5x250 29x5x300 29x5x350 29x5x400

1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.7 3.7 4.7 5.8 6.7 7.7 8.7

290

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1169 366 70 21 7 2

1169 732 211 83 35 13

0 1 1 1 1 1

1124 423 123 48 21 9

1124 423 123 48 21 9

0 1 1 1 1 1

585 274 79 31 13 5

1169 549 158 62 26 10

0 1 1 1 1 1

390 195 56 22 10 4

1169 586 169 67 29 11

0 1 1 1 1 1

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

560 157 29 8 2

560 315 87 30 8

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 5 5 5 5

1169 610 176 69 29 11

0 1 1 1 1 1

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5

292 152 44 17 7 3

380 157 44 15 4

1 5 8 9 7

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

2 3 4

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 251 111 63

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

19


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

FX30SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

FX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

FX30SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories

QXFC

FXKFC

FXSM8

Quick connection set

2 special steel half spigot with screw

Bolt connection set

FX30SA / ACCESSORIES

FX30SL2060P

FX30SL2060V

FX30SL2090P

FX30SL2090V

FX30SL2120P

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner horizontal

FX30SL2120V

FX30SL2135P

FX30SL2135V

FX30SL3LP

FX30SL3LV

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner left horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner left vertical

FX30SL3RP

FX30SL3RV

FX30ST3NP

FX30ST3NV

FX30ST4NP

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner right horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner right vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way tee horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way tee vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way tee horizontal

FX30ST4NV

FX30SX4NP

FX30SX4NV

FX25SX4NP

FX25SX4NV

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way tee vertical

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal

ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical

ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal

ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical

DADO SYSTEM

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

FX30SACL

FX30SACS

FP30

FP30M

TZ30K01

ST 29 cm. flat - Clamp module long

ST 29 cm. flat - Clamp module short

Universal 29 cm truss floor plate

Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate

Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss

FX30K2

FX30K4

DADO 4 way flat corner (2 nodules)

DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)

K2 is the DADO version for flat section.

K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

21


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES TX25SA

TX25SA

ANTI-TORSION Triangular section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. This is the triangular version of the lightest professional structure, yet it is able to guarantee a reasonable loading capacity and span. The internal 14 mm diameter diagonal components are flush which decreases the aesthetic impact of this truss, which may therefore also be used in small areas.

TX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A B

C

225

110 250 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm EN AW 6005 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

kg

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm EN AW 6060 T6

TX25SL2045 TX25SL2060 TX25SL2090 TX25SL2090I TX25SL2090E TX25SL2120 TX25SL2135 TX25SL3L TX25SL3LU TX25SL3R TX25SL3RU TX25ST3 TX25ST3F TX25ST3FU TX25ST4 TX25ST4RU TX25SL3LU TX25SX4 TX25SX5 TX25SX5NU

6.8 7.2 4.3 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.1 3.4 3.6 3.5 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.0 6.1 6.1

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems TXFC: quick-fit kit TXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TX25S012M5 TX25S025 TX25S050 TX25S100 TX25S150 TX25S200 TX25S250 TX25S300 TX25S350 TX25S400

25x22.5x12.5 25x22.5x25 25x22.5x50 25x22.5x100 25x22.5x150 25x22.5x200 25x22.5x250 25x22.5x300 25x22.5x350 25x22.5x400

kg 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.6 4.8 5.8 7.0 8.1 9.5 10.6

100x100x22.5 100x100x22.5 50x50x22.5 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x22.5 50x50x22.5 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x22.5 50x25x50 50x25x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x22.5 50x50x50 50x50x50

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 467 232 154 115 76 53 39 29 22 18 14 11 9 7

467 464 461 458 381 320 270 231 200 176 154 133 116 104

0 1 5 12 19 28 39 51 64 80 96 113 131 154

467 352 260 205 168 141 121 105 92 81 71 63 56 50

467 352 260 205 168 141 121 105 92 81 71 63 56 50

0 2 4 8 14 20 28 38 49 61 75 91 109 128

233 227 174 141 117 99 86 75 66 59 53 47 41 37

467 455 348 281 234 199 172 150 132 117 105 93 83 74

0 2 5 10 16 24 34 45 58 73 91 109 129 151

156 155 140 113 91 76 64 56 48 42 37 33 29 26

467 464 420 338 273 227 193 167 144 127 111 98 87 78

0 2 6 11 17 26 35 47 59 74 89 106 126 148

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

232 85 41 23

232 171 123 93

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 5 13 25

467 464 450 353 287 240 204 178 154 136 121 107 95 83

0 2 6 11 18 26 36 47 60 75 92 110 130 150

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4

117 116 113 88 72 60 51 44 39 34 30 27 24 21

175 101 69 51

2 8 20 35

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 2871 744 333 188

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

23


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

TX25SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

TX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

TX25SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories

QXFC

TXSM8

Quick connection set

Bolt connection set

TX25SL2045

TX25SL2060

TX25SL2090

TX25SL2090E

TX25SL2090I

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 45° corner

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 60° corner

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 ways 90° corner, ext. vertex

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner, int. vertex

TX25SL2120

TX25SL2135

TX25SL3L

TX25SL3R

TX25ST3

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 120° corner

ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 135° corner

ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way corner left

ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way corner right

ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way tee

TX25ST4

TX25SX4

TX25SX5

TX25SX6

ST 25 cm. triangular 4 way tee

ST 25 cm. triangular 4 way cross

ST 25 cm. triangular 5 way cross

ST 25 cm. triangular 6 way cross

TX25SA / ACCESSORIES 400

100

FP25

CO25

Universal 25 cm truss floor plate

BAR HOOK for 25 cm truss

350

25


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES TX30SA

TX30SA

ANTI-TORSION Triangular section aluminium truss with 29 cm long sides. This is the most popular version of all our triangular trusses. It is manufactured using 6082 aluminium alloy extruded components, with a high loadbearing capacity and twist-resistant strength. The diagonal chords have been re-configured and their diameter changed to improve the aesthetic appearance and increase the overall strength of the truss.

TX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

260

B 150 290 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

kg

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18 x 2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

TX30SL2045 TX30SL2045I TX30SL2060 TX30SL2060I TX30SL2090 TX30SL2090I TX30SL2120 TX30SL2120I TX30SL2135 TX30SL2135I TX30SL3L TX30SL3LU TX30SL3R TX30SL3RU TX30ST3 TX30ST3F TX30ST3FU TX30ST4 TX30ST4RU TX30ST4LU TX30SX4 TX30SX5 TX30SX5NU TX30SX6

6.9 6.9 7.0 7.1 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.9 4.9 5.0 6.5 6.3 6.4 6.3 5.5 5.8 5.5 7.5 7.8 7.8 6.2 8.4 8.6 9.3

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems TXFC: quick-fit kit TXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TX30S010M5 TX30S021 TX30S025 TX30S050 TX30S100 TX30S150 TX30S200 TX30S250 TX30S300 TX30S350 TX30S400

29x26x10.5 29x26x21 29x26x25 29x26x50 29x26x100 29x26x150 29x26x200 29x26x250 29x26x300 29x26x350 29x26x400

kg 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.7 5.4 7.2 9.0 10.7 12.5 14.2 16.0

100x100x26 100x100x29 100x100x26 100x100x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x26 29x50x50 29x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x26 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2025 919 418 236 150 103 74 56 43 34 27 22 18 15 13 10

2025 1837 1253 945 751 618 519 448 387 341 301 267 239 214 189 166

0 3 7 13 20 29 39 51 65 80 97 115 136 157 179 202

1306 784 556 427 345 288 245 213 186 164 145 130 116 104 93 83

1306 784 556 427 345 288 245 213 186 164 145 130 116 104 93 83

0 2 5 9 15 22 30 40 51 64 78 94 111 130 151 174

830 534 390 305 249 210 179 156 137 121 109 97 87 79 71 64

1661 1068 779 610 498 419 359 313 274 243 218 194 175 157 142 127

0 2 6 11 18 27 37 49 63 78 96 114 135 158 183 208

638 433 297 225 180 149 127 109 95 84 74 66 59 53 47 42

1913 1300 891 676 540 447 380 327 284 251 222 198 176 158 140 127

0 3 6 12 18 27 37 48 61 75 91 109 128 149 171 197

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

649 192 89 50 31 21

649 385 267 200 156 123

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 19991-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 6 15 28 44 65

2025 1351 948 726 584 486 415 359 314 276 246 219 196 175 157 139

0 3 7 12 19 28 38 50 64 78 96 114 134 156 180 204

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

506 338 237 181 146 121 104 90 79 69 61 55 49 44 39 35

391 213 143 105 81 64

2 9 21 38 59 85

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 5399 1395 624 351

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered. The load tables values refer to the use of the truss with the apex down.

27


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

TX30SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

TX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

TX30SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories

QXFC

TXSM10

Quick connection set

Bolt connection set

TX30SA / ACCESSORIES

TX30SL2045

TX30SL2060

TX30SL2090

TX30SL2090E

TX30SL2090I

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 45° corner

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 60° corner

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 ways 90° corner, ext. vertex

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner, int. vertex

TX30SL2120

TX30SL2135

TX30SL3L

TX30SL3R

TX30ST3

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 120° corner

ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 135° corner

ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way corner left

ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way corner right

ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way tee

TX30ST4

TX30SX4

TX30SX5

TX30SX6

ST 29 cm. triangular 4 way tee

ST 29 cm. triangular 4 way cross

ST 29 cm. triangular 5 way cross

ST 29 cm. triangular 6 way cross

400

100

302

C030

CBT3040

Bar hook for 29 cm. truss

2 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

350

FP30

FP30M

CO30WB

Universal 29 cm truss floor plate

Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate

29 cm wall bracket W/ half couplers

239

29


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX25SA

QX25SA

ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. It is the lightest professional structure, yet it is able to guarantee a reasonable loading capacity and span. The internal 14 mm diameter diagonal components are flush which decreases the aesthetic impact of this truss, which may therefore also be used in small areas.

QX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

110 250

B

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm

EN AW 6005 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm

EN AW 6060 T6

Ends C:

aluminium casting plate

EN AC 42200 T6

Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX25S012M5 QX25S025 QX25S050 QX25S100 QX25S150 QX25S200 QX25S250 QX25S300 QX25S350 QX25S400

25x25x12.5 25x25x25 25x25x50 25x25x100 25x25x150 25x25x200 25x25x250 25x25x300 25x25x350 25x25x400

kg 2.5 2.8 3.5 5.2 6.8 8.4 10.0 11.6 13.3 14.9

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

kg

QX25K8 (Dado) QX25SL2045 QX25SL2060 QX25SL2090 QX25SL2120 QX25SL2135 QX25SL2ADJ QX25SL3 QX25ST3 QX25ST4 QX25SX4 QX25SX5 QX25SX6 QX25SACL QX25SACS QX25SACSC

7.0 6.8 7.2 4.3 4.4 4.7 5.9 5.9 5.3 6.9 6.6 8.0 9.0 3.5 3.4 3.4

25x25x25 100x100x25 100x100x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 25x25x25 25x12.5x25 25x12.5x25

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 537 267 176 131 104 86 73 63 52 41 34 28 24 20

537 533 529 525 521 516 512 508 467 415 375 338 308 279

0 1 3 7 13 23 37 55 72 90 110 132 157 183

537 533 484 400 339 293 256 227 203 183 165 150 136 124

537 533 484 400 339 293 256 227 203 183 165 150 136 124

0 1 4 8 14 21 30 40 52 66 81 99 117 139

269 267 264 258 223 196 173 156 140 127 116 105 96 88

537 533 529 516 446 391 347 311 280 253 231 210 193 176

0 1 4 9 15 24 34 46 60 76 95 115 137 161

179 178 176 175 174 157 141 125 111 99 89 80 73 66

537 533 529 525 521 471 424 376 333 298 267 240 218 198

0 1 4 9 17 26 38 51 66 82 101 120 143 167

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

267 131 77 46

267 262 232 186

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

0 4 12 24

537 533 529 525 521 507 441 391 347 311 281 255 231 210

0 1 3 8 16 27 38 51 66 82 101 122 144 169

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4

134 133 132 131 130 127 110 98 87 78 70 64 58 53

267 197 143 111

1 8 20 38

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 5540 1461 656 371

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

31


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

QX25SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

QX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

QX25SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access.

QXFC

QXICU

QXKFC

QXKFCT

QXSM8

Quick connection set for Q Series

Set of 4 aluminium jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Dado

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block

Bolt connection set for Q25S Series

QX25SL2045

QX25SL2060

QX25SL2090

QX25SL2120

QX25SL2135

ST 25 cm.square 2 way 45° corner

ST 25 cm. square 2 way 60° corner

ST 25 cm. square 2 way 90° corner

ST 25 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex

ST 25 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex

QX25SL3

QX25ST3

QX25ST4

QX25SX4

QX25SX5

ST 25 cm. square 3 way corner

ST 25 cm. square 3 way tee

ST 25 cm. square 4 way tee

ST 25 cm. square 4 way cross

ST 25 cm. square 5 way cross

QX25SX6 ST 25 cm. square 6 way cross

DADO SYSTEM

QX25SA / ACCESSORIES

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

QX25SACL

QX25SACS

FP25

C025

TZ30K01

ST 25 cm. square Clamp module long

ST 25 cm. square Clamp module short

Universal 25 cm truss floor plate

Bar hook for 25 cm. truss

Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss

FX25K4

QX25K8

DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

K8 is the DADO version for square section structures.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

33


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX30SA

QX30SA

ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 29 cm long sides. It substitutes the model QX30S, from which it keeps the excellent size, weight, cost and performance characteristics. It is made of 6082 alloy extruded components, with high loadbearing and twisting strength. It is a constitutive element of Unitower, Towerlift 3, and Flyintower 6-300 and FT7.5-500.

QX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

150 290

B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

QX30K8 (Dado) QX30SAL2ADJ QX30SAL2045 QX30SAL2060 QX30SAL2090 QX30SAL2120 QX30SAL2135 QX30SAL3 QX30SAT3 QX30SAT4 QX30SA X4 QX30SA X5 QX30SA X6 QX30SA ACL QX30SA ACS QX30SA ACSC

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX30SA010M5 QX30SA021 QX30SA025 QX30SA029 QX30SA050 QX30SA100 QX30SA150 QX30SA200 QX30SA250 QX30SA300 QX30SA350 QX30SA400

29x29x10.5 29x29x21 29x29x25 29x29x29 29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x150 29x29x200 29x29x250 29x29x300 29x29x350 29x29x400

kg 2.9 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.8 7.1 9.5 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2

29x29x29 50x50x29 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 29x21x29 29x10.5x29 29x12.4x29

kg 9.0 7.4 8.5 9.2 5.9 6.9 6.3 8.2 7.3 9.7 8.2 9.9 11.2 4.5 4.2 5.2

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2484 1239 824 550 350 241 176 133 104 83 68 56 47 40 34 29 25 22

2484 2478 2473 2200 1750 1448 1231 1067 939 834 748 676 613 559 511 469 431 396

0,3 2 7 15 24 34 46 60 76 94 114 135 159 184 212 241 272 305

2484 1981 1386 1057 850 708 605 526 463 413 371 335 304 278 254 233 214 197

2484 1981 1386 1057 850 708 605 526 463 413 371 335 304 278 254 233 214 197

0,4 3 6 12 18 27 37 48 61 76 92 110 130 151 174 199 226 255

1242 1239 988 768 624 523 449 392 346 309 278 252 230 210 193 177 164 151

2484 2478 1976 1536 1248 1046 898 783 692 618 556 504 459 420 386 355 327 302

0,4 3 8 14 23 33 46 60 77 95 115 138 162 188 217 247 280 314

828 826 720 542 433 359 306 265 233 208 186 168 153 139 127 117 107 99

2484 2478 2161 1625 1298 1077 917 796 700 623 559 505 458 418 382 351 322 297

0,3 3 8 14 22 32 44 57 72 89 108 129 151 176 202 230 260 292

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

1239 491 227 128 81 55

1239 982 681 512 405 330

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 8 19 35 55 79

2484 2478 2344 1779 1427 1187 1013 880 776 691 621 561 510 465 426 392 360 332

0,3 3 8 15 23 34 46 60 76 94 114 136 160 185 213 243 274 308

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

621 620 586 445 357 297 253 220 194 173 155 140 127 116 107 98 90 83

990 528 354 262 206 167

3 12 26 47 73 105

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 6367 3215 1502 862

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

35


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

QX30SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

QX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

QX30SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access

QXFC Quick connection set for Q Series

QXICU

QXKFC

QXKFCT

QXSM10

Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss

Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block

Bolt connection set for Q25S Series

QX30SA / ACCESSORIES

QUKFC Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado

QX30SAL2045

QX30SAL2060

QX30SAL2090

QX30SAL2120

QX30SAL2135

ST 29 cm.square 2 way 45° corner

ST 29 cm. square 2 way 60° corner

ST 29 cm. square 2 way 90° corner

ST 29 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex

ST 29 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex

QX30SAL3

QX30SAT3

QX30SAT4

QX30SAX4

QX30SAX5

ST 29 cm. square 3 way corner

ST 29 cm. square 3 way tee

ST 29 cm. square 4 way tee

ST 29 cm. square 4 way cross

ST 29 cm. square 5 way cross

QX30SAX6

QX30SAX8

QP30L2ADJ

ST 29 cm. square 6 way cross

ST 29 cm. square - 8 way horizontal cross

Adjustable two way corner

DADO SYSTEM QX30SAACL QX30SAACS

QX30SAACSC

ST 29 cm. square Clamp ST 29 cm. square Clamp module short for Towerlift/Varitower

QU30ADP010.5

QU30ADP019.5

QU30ADP021

Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 10.5 cm

Univers. Adapter 29 cm square - Length 19 cm

Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 21 cm

CBQ3040

FP30

FP30M

C030

C030WB

4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

Universal 29 cm truss floor plate

Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate

Bar hook for 29 cm. truss

29 cm wall bracket W/half couplers

TZ30K01 Ass. tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss

MIxT-290-BR Truss bracket.

MIxT-ADJF

Adjustable foot up to 4 cm.

MIxT-290-CLIP

Clip for cladding trusses with felt or other materials.

MIxT-290-FC25

Felt cladding. Available lengths up to 2.5 m.

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

FX30K4

QX30K8

QU30K8

DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

37


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX40SA

QX40SA

ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 40 cm long sides. It replaces the old truss QX40S. It achieves better resistance thanks to the introduction of diagonals on all the faces.

QX40SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

B

260 400

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

QX40K8 (Dado) QX40SAL2ADJ QX40SAL2045 QX40SAL2060 QX40SAL2090 QX40SAL2120 QX40SAL2135 QX40SAL3 QX40SAT3 QX40SAT4 QX40SA X4 QX40SA X5 QX40SA X6

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX40SA010 QX40SA025 QX40SA050 QX40SA100 QX40SA150 QX40SA200 QX40SA250 QX40SA300 QX40SA350 QX40SA400

40x40x10 40x40x25 40x40x50 40x40x100 40x40x150 40x40x200 40x40x250 40x40x300 40x40x350 40x40x400

kg 4.4 5.0 6.7 10.0 13.2 16.6 19.9 23.2 26.5 29.8

40x40x40 50x50x40 100x100x40 100x100x40 50x50x40 50x50x40 50x50x40 50x50x50 100x50x40 50x100x50 100x100x40 100x100x50 100x100x100

kg 12.3 9.0 10.9 11.2 7.6 7.7 7.9 9.8 12.0 14.3 16.0 18.5 22.0

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3065 1529 1017 761 494 346 255 195 154 123 101 84 70 60 51 44 39 34

3065 3058 3052 3043 2472 2076 1784 1560 1383 1235 1110 1005 916 838 770 709 655 606

0 1 4 10 16 23 31 41 53 65 79 94 110 127 146 166 188 211

2865 2054 1578 1273 1063 909 792 699 624 562 510 465 426 392 362 335 310 288

2865 2054 1578 1273 1063 909 792 699 624 562 510 465 426 392 362 335 310 288

0 1 3 7 11 16 23 30 39 48 59 71 84 98 114 131 149 168

1532 1268 1024 852 726 630 555 495 445 403 368 337 310 286 265 246 229 213

3065 2537 2047 1703 1452 1260 1110 989 890 806 735 674 620 572 530 492 458 427

0 1 4 8 13 19 27 36 46 58 71 86 102 119 138 159 180 203

1022 953 797 680 584 492 424 371 329 295 266 242 221 203 187 172 159 148

3065 2859 2392 2041 1753 1476 1271 1113 987 884 798 726 663 608 560 517 478 443

0 1 4 8 14 21 28 37 48 59 72 86 101 118 136 155 176 197

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

1427 508 258 154 101 71

1427 1016 773 616 506 424

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 4 10 20 32 48

3065 3058 2651 2205 1827 1554 1349 1188 1059 952 862 786 720 662 610 564 523 486

0 1 4 9 14 21 2 38 49 61 74 89 105 122 14 161 182 205

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

766 765 663 551 457 389 337 297 265 238 216 196 180 165 153 141 131 121

1024 634 451 347 278 230

1 7 16 29 46 67

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 6949 5330 3069 1791

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

39


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

QX40SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

QX40SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

QX40SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access

QXFC

QXICU

QXKFC

QXKFCT

QXSM10

Quick connection set for Q Series

Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss

Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block

Bolt connection set for Q25S Series

QUKFC

QX40SA / ACCESSORIES

QX40SL2045

QX40SL2060

QX40SL2090

QX40SL2120

QX40SL2135

ST 40 cm.square 2 way 45° corner

ST 40 cm. square 2 way 60° corner

ST 40 cm. square 2 way 90° corner

ST 40 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex

ST 40 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex

QX40SAL3

QX40SAT3

QX40SAT4

QX40SAX4

QX40SAX5

ST 40 cm. square 3 way corner

ST 40 cm. square 3 way tee

ST 40 cm. square 4 way tee

ST 40 cm. square 4 way cross

ST 40 cm. square 5 way cross

QX40SAX6

Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado

ST 40 cm. square 6 way cross

DADO SYSTEM

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

QX40SAACSC

QU40ADPO10

CO40

FP30M

FP40

ST 40 cm. square Clamp module Towerlift/Varitower

Universal Adapter 29 cm. square Length 10.5 cm.

Bar hook for 40 cm. truss

Universal 29 cm. truss large floor plate

Universal 40 cm. truss floor plate

TZ40K01

CBQ3040

Assembly tool for half -spigot in 40 cm. side truss

4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

FX40K4

QX40K8

QU40K8

DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

41


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QH30SA

QH30SA

ANTI-TORSION Square section heavy duty aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 29 cm long sides. It substitutes the old Heavy Duty series QD30S and QD30SA. It is characterized by the introduction of Ø 48x3 mm chords and Ø 20x2 mm diagonals on all the faces. This truss constitutes Varitower 3 – 30 and Flyintower FT9.5-600.

QH30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

150 290

B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 48x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

QH30SA ACL QH30SA ACS QH30SAL2045 QH30SAL2060 QH30SAL2090 QH30SAL2120 QH30SAL2135 QH30SAL3 QH30SAT3 QH30SAT4 QH30SA X4 QH30SA X5 QH30SA X6

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit ELEMENTI LINEARI codice cm QH30SA010M5 QH30SA021 QH30SA025 QH30SA029 QH30SA050 QH30SA100 QH30SA150 QH30SA200 QH30SA250 QH30SA300 QH30SA350 QH30SA400

29x29x10.5 29x29x21 29x29x25 29x29x29 29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x150 29x29x200 29x29x250 29x29x300 29x29x350 29x29x400

kg 3,1 3,6 4,1 4,3 5,8 9,1 12,3 15,5 18,7 21,9 25,2 28,4

29x21x29 29x10.5x29 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50

kg 6,1 5,6 9,4 10,5 11,7 6,8 7,7 8 8,2 10,8 9,3 11,8 12,9

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2775 1384 920 688 492 340 248 188 147 118 96 79 67 56 48 42 36 31

2775 2768 2760 2753 2462 2039 1734 1503 1323 1176 1056 954 866 790 723 664 611 563

0 2 6 13 24 34 46 60 76 94 114 136 159 185 212 241 272 305

2775 2677 1894 1454 1175 982 840 732 646 576 518 469 427 390 357 328 302 278

2775 2677 1894 1454 1175 982 840 732 646 576 518 469 427 390 357 328 302 278

0 3 6 11 18 26 36 47 60 75 91 109 129 150 173 198 225 254

1387 1384 1335 1046 855 720 619 542 480 429 387 351 320 294 270 249 230 213

2775 2768 2670 2092 1709 1439 1239 1083 960 859 774 703 641 587 540 497 459 425

0 2 7 14 22 33 45 59 76 94 114 136 161 187 215 246 278 313

925 923 920 753 603 501 427 371 327 291 262 237 215 196 180 165 152 140

2775 2768 2760 2259 1809 1503 1282 1114 981 874 785 710 645 589 539 495 456 420

0 2 7 14 22 32 43 57 72 89 108 129 151 176 202 230 260 292

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

1384 663 310 176 112 76

1384 1327 930 704 559 457

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 8 19 34 54 78

2775 2768 2760 2454 1976 1649 1410 1227 1083 966 869 786 715 654 600 551 508 469

0 2 7 14 23 33 45 60 76 94 114 135 159 185 213 242 274 307

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

694 692 690 614 494 412 352 307 271 241 217 197 179 163 150 138 127 117

1337 726 490 365 287 234

3 11 26 46 73 104

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 8873 4521 2112 1212

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

43


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

QH30SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

QH30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

QH30SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access

QXFC Quick connection set for Q Series

QXICU

QXKFC

QXKFCT

QXSM10

Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss

Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block

Bolt connection set for Q25S Series

QH30SA / ACCESSORIES

QUKFC Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado

QH30SAL2045

QH30SAL2060

QH30SAL2090

QH30SAL2120

QH30SAL2135

HD 29 cm.square 2 way 45° corner

HD 29 cm. square 2 way 60° corner

HD 29 cm. square 2 way 90° corner

HD 29 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex

HD 29 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex

QH30SAL3

QH30SAT3

QH30SAT4

QH30SAX4

QH30SAX5

HD 29 cm. square 3 way corner

HD 29 cm. square 3 way tee

HD 29 cm. square 4 way tee

HD 29 cm. square 4 way cross

HD 29 cm. square 5 way cross

QH30SAX6

QP30L2ADJ

HD 29 cm. square 6 way cross

Adjustable two way corner

DADO SYSTEM QH30SAACS

QH30SAACL

QU30ADP010.5

QU30ADP019.5

QU30ADP021

ST 29 cm. square Clamp module short

ST 29 cm. square Clamp for Towerlift/Varitower

Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 10.5 cm

Univers. Adapter 29 cm square - Length 19 cm

Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 21 cm

CBQ3040

FP30

FP30M

C030

C030WB

4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

Universal 29 cm truss floor plate

Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate

Bar hook for 29 cm. truss

29 cm wall bracket W/half couplers

TZ30K01 Ass. tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss

MIxT-290-BR Truss bracket.

MIxT-ADJF

Adjustable foot up to 4 cm.

MIxT-290-CLIP

Clip for cladding trusses with felt or other materials.

MIxT-290-FC25

Felt cladding. Available lengths up to 2.5 m.

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

QX30K8

QU30K8

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.

An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

45


TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QH40SA

QH40SA

ANTI-TORSION Square section heavy duty aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 40 cm long sides. It replaces the old Heavy Duty series QD40S and QD40SA. It is characterized by the introduction of Ø 48x3 mm chords and Ø 20x2 mm diagonals on all the faces. This truss constitutes Varitower 3-40.

QH40SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

A C

260

B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 48x3 mm EN AW 6082 6

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 22x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

QH40SA ACSC QH40SAL2045 QH40SAL2060 QH40SAL2090 QH40SAL2120 QH40SAL2135 QH40SAL3 QH40SAT3 QH40SAT4 QH40SA X4 QH40SA X5 QH40SA X6

Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QH40SA010 QH40SA025 QH40SA050 QH40SA100 QH40SA150 QH40SA200 QH40SA250 QH40SA300 QH40SA350 QH40SA400

40x40x10 40x40x25 40x40x50 40x40x100 40x40x150 40x40x200 40x40x250 40x40x300 40x40x350 40x40x400

kg 4,4 5,6 7,6 11,3 14,9 18,6 22,3 26 29,6 33,3

40x14.4x40 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50

kg 7,1 11,6 17,3 12,6 9,2 9,2 9,5 14,8 17,3 20,1 19,9 27,9

400

SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3650 1822 1213 908 693 486 359 276 218 176 145 120 102 87 75 65 57 50

3650 3644 3638 3631 3467 2919 2515 2206 1960 1761 1590 1445 1322 1215 1122 1039 965 899

0 1 4 8 16 23 31 41 52 65 79 94 110 128 146 167 188 211

3650 2822 2180 1767 1480 1270 1110 984 881 797 725 664 612 565 524 488 455 425

3650 2822 2180 1767 1480 1270 1110 984 881 797 725 664 612 565 524 488 455 425

0 1 3 7 11 16 22 30 38 48 58 70 83 97 112 129 146 165

1825 1736 1408 1176 1006 877 775 693 625 569 521 479 443 411 382 357 334 313

3650 3471 2815 2353 2013 1754 1550 1386 1251 1138 1041 958 885 821 765 714 668 626

0 1 4 7 12 19 26 35 46 58 71 85 101 118 137 157 178 201

1217 1215 1093 936 816 691 597 524 466 419 380 347 318 293 271 252 234 219

3650 3644 3279 2809 2447 2073 1790 1572 1399 1257 1139 1040 954 879 814 755 703 656

0 1 4 8 14 20 28 37 47 59 72 86 101 118 135 155 175 197

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION

1822 700 358 216 143 101

1822 1400 1074 862 714 605

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 4 10 19 32 47

3650 3644 3627 3066 2549 2176 1894 1674 1496 1350 1228 1123 1033 954 885 823 767 717

0 1 4 9 14 21 29 38 48 60 74 88 104 122 140 160 181 204

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6

913 911 907 767 637 544 474 418 374 338 307 281 258 239 221 206 192 179

1408 880 632 489 395 329

1 6 16 29 46 68

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12

N

AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 9697 7444 4316 2519

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

47


END-PLATED TRUSSES

END-PLATED TRUSSES

QH40SA SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

QH40SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS

To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.

QH40SA / CONNECTIONS

KSG

KCP

KSP

K370

KSF

KCFS

Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10

R-spring, set of 100

Steel pin, set of 10

Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)

Threaded pin, set of 12

Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access

QXFC

QXICU

QXKFC

QXKFCT

QXSM10

Quick connection set for Q Series

Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss

Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado

Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block

Bolt connection set for Q25S Series

QUKFC

QX40SA / ACCESSORIES

QH40SAL2045

QH40SAL2060

QH40SAL2090

QH40SAL2120

QH40SAL2135

HD 40 cm. square 2 way 45° corner

HD 40 cm. square 2 way 60° corner

HD 40 cm. square 2 way 90° corner

HD 40 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex

HD 40 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex

QH40SAL3

QH40SAT3

QH40SAT4

QH40SAX4

QH40SAX5

HD 40 cm. square 3 way corner

HD 40 cm. square 3 way tee

HD 40 cm. square 4 way tee

HD 40 cm. square 4 way cross

HD 40 cm. square 5 way cross

QH40SAX6

Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado

HD 40 cm. square 6 way cross

DADO SYSTEM

DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.

QX40SAACSC

QU40ADPO10

CO40

FP30M

FP40

ST 40 cm. square Clamp module Towerlift/Varitower

Universal Adapter 29 cm. square Length 10.5 cm.

Bar hook for 40 cm. truss

Universal 29 cm. truss large floor plate

Universal 29 cm. truss floor plate

TZ40K01

CBQ3040

Assembly tool for half -spigot in 40 cm. side truss

4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

QX40K8

QU40K8

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)

K8 is the DADO version for square section structures.

An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.

COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.

BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.

CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.

49


END-PLATED TRUSSES

Armani Fashion Show / Armani Hotel Opening in Dubai Photo courtesy of TechnoPro llc, P.O. Box 18820, Dubai, United Arab Emirates


CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES COMPATIBILITY LITEC has extended its product portfolio supplying even those customers that have trusses with conical connections in their stock with the NEW P Series and E Series trusses. The P series has 16x2mm braces, whilst E line has 20x2 mm braces. The thicker braces of the E Series trusses make them more durable in their life cycle and more resistant during transportation. For this reason, they are more suitable for the rental sector. Compatible with the most popular trusses with conical connection systems already existing in the market, both these series are very versatile in their use and very fast to be joined.

52

53


TRUSSES CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES / P SERIES

P SERIES TRUSSES P Series trusses are designed with main tubes (50 x 2 mm) and diagonals (16 x 12 mm), and use bush connectors. They are compact and strong, and represent the perfect solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. The series also includes rings and corners.

P SERIES TRUSSES

A

LOAD TABLE/CONICAL CONNECTION

290

B

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD

2000

SPAN m

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 16x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

QC30P050 QC30P100 QC30P200 QC30P300

Connection systems: Fast conical connection system

29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x200 29x29x300

kg 3.0 5.0 11.0 16.8

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code description

54

QC30PL2090

90° two-way corner

QC30PL3

90° three-way corner

QC30PT3

Three-way T corner

FPC30P

Universal truss floor plate – 30 cm

QC30PL2ADJ

Adjustable two-way corner

QC30K8

Six-way DADO

4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

point load load kg/m

CENTRE POINT LOAD

point load load kg

426 257 142 89 60 42 31 23 18

Load table has been prepared in accordance with din4113 and DIN18800. When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1171 771 568 444 359 297 248 210 177

THIRD POINT LOAD

point load load kg 852 578 426 333 269 222 186 157 133

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self-weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table. It should be noted that this

are idealized loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

55


CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES

CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES

/ SYSTEM

P SERIES SYSTEM

P SERIES SYSTEM

These pages show corners, fittings and accessories for P Square Series Trusses with conical connection. Junctions are very important to build up a successful modular system. The corners available ensures maximum versatility to meet any specific project requirements.

DADOS are extremely versatile alternative solutions to standard welded junctions. The compact DADO can easily be configured up to 6 ways by adding male and female receivers in the appropriate faces. To calculate number of receivers required, determine how many directions (ways) the DADO is to be configured and multiply this number by 4 (i.e. a 3-way junction requires 12 off male and female receivers).

P SERIES / CORNERS & FITTINGS

P SERIES / DADO SYSTEM

QC30K8

QC30PL2090

QC30PL2ADJ

QC30PL3

QC30PT3

QC30PX4

QCPKFC

Six-way DADO

90° two-way corner

Adjustable two-way corner

90° three-way cornervertex

ThreP-way T cornervertex

90° four-way corner

DADO connection set – 4 pcs

P SERIES / CONNECTIONS

P SERIES / ACCESSORIES Easy attachment to match truss pin orientation

56

QCPFC

FPC30P

QC30P010M5

Quick connect. set – 4 pcs

P-Series Universal truss floor plate 30 cm

P-Series Adapter for Truss 29 cm. square cm. 10,5

57


TRUSSES CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES / E SERIES

E SERIES TRUSSES E Series trusses are designed with main tubes (50 x 2 mm) and diagonals (20 x 12 mm), and use bush connectors. They are strong and versatile, and are ideal for exhibition and entertainment sector applications. The series also includes rings and corners.

E SERIES TRUSSES

A

LOAD TABLE/CONICAL CONNECTION

290

B

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD

2000 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6

LT QC30E050 LT QC30E100 LT QC30E200 LT QCE300

Connection systems: Fast conical connection system

29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x200 29x29x300

kg 4.0 5.9 11.8 17.7

CORNERS AND FITTINGS code description

58

QC30EL2090

90° two-way corner

QC30EL3

90° three-way corner

QC30ET3

Three-way T corner

FPC30E

Universal truss floor plate – 30 cm

QC30EL2ADJ

Adjustable two-way corner

QC30K8

Six-way DADO

SPAN m 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

point load load kg/m

CENTRE POINT LOAD

point load load kg

426 257 142 89 60 42 31 23 18

Load table has been prepared in accordance with din4113 and DIN18800. When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1171 771 568 444 359 297 248 210 177

THIRD POINT LOAD

point load load kg 852 578 426 333 269 222 186 157 133

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self-weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table. It should be noted that this

are idealized loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

59


CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES

CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES

/ SYSTEM

E SERIES SYSTEM

P SERIES SYSTEM

These pages show corners, fittings and accessories for E Square Series Trusses with conical connection. Junctions are very important to build up a successful modular system. The corners available ensures maximum versatility to meet any specific project requirements.

DADOS are extremely versatile alternative solutions to standard welded junctions. The compact DADO can easily be configured up to 6 ways by adding male and female receivers in the appropriate faces. To calculate number of receivers required, determine how many directions (ways) the DADO is to be configured and multiply this number by 4 (i.e. a 3-way junction requires 12 off male and female receivers).

E SERIES / CORNERS & FITTINGS

E SERIES / DADO SYSTEM

QC30K8

QC30EL2090

QC30EL2ADJ

QC30EL3

QC30ET3

QC30EX4

QCEKFC

Six-way DADO

90° two-way corner

Adjustable two-way corner

90° three-way cornervertex

ThreP-way T cornervertex

90° four-way corner

DADO connection set – 4 pcs

E SERIES / CONNECTIONS

E SERIES / ACCESSORIES Easy attachment to match truss pin orientation

60

QCEFC

FPC30E

QC30E010M5

Quick connect. set – 4 pcs

P-Series Universal truss floor plate 30 cm

P-Series Adapter for Truss 29 cm. square cm. 10,5

61


LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES INFINITY, IN A FEW CUBIC METRES LIBERA is the only flat aluminium beam system in the world that can easily be used to create and build load-bearing structures in a virtually infinite number of shapes. LIBERA System consists of “constant” elements, FL52, FL76 and FL105 flat beams, and “variable” elements which make it extremely versatile. LIBERA is compact, modular, strong, reliable, easy to transport and store. LIBERA cuts your running costs to a minimum. LIBERA roofing sheets are available in various lengths, finishings and colours. LIBERA can also easily combine with the High Load truss range with forked connections.


TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL52

LIBERA FL52 This is the most suitable LIBERA system for fairs and medium-sized installations. This modular grid structure can be used to build single spans of up to 16/18 meters in length with standard centre-to-centre distances (50 cm, 1 and 2 meters).

LIBERA FL52 LOAD TABLE

A

B

C LIBERA SYSTEM FL52 33 to 186 cm flat trusses - FL52 Available in two versions: standard and with built-in roofing sheet guides Ends with aluminium forks Made of EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 50x4 mm tubes and 30x30 mm diagonals Universal four-way connection

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6

TRUSS code

H cm

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6

FL52035V FL52086V FL52137V FL52186V FL52035R FL52086R FL52186R

flat section 52 35 flat section 52 86 flat section 52 137 flat section 52 186 flat section 52 35 with guide flat section 52 86 with guide flat section 52 186 with guide

Ends C: forks connector EN AW 6082 T6 Connection system FL52CS04: four-way connection KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF

520

SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 737 507 368 278 217 173 140 115 96 80 68 58 50 43 37 32

8 12 16 21 26 32 39 46 54 63 72 82 93 104 116 128

CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1842 1521 1290 1115 976 865 772 693 625 566 514 467 425 387 352 320

6 9 13 16 21 26 31 37 43 50 58 66 74 83 93 103

THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1381 1141 967 836 732 648 579 520 469 424 385 350 319 290 264 240

8 12 16 21 27 33 40 47 55 64 74 84 95 106 118 131

QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 921 760 645 557 488 432 386 346 312 283 257 233 212 193 176 160

8 12 15 19 25 30 37 44 51 60 69 78 88 99 110 122

FIFTH POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 764 631 535 462 405 359 320 287 259 235 213 194 176 160 146 132

8 12 16 21 27 33 40 47 55 64 74 84 95 106 118 131

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE

L cm

2000

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0

2485 1651 1160 737 507 368 278

2 5 11 18 25 35 45

2342 1555 1160 921 760 645 557

3 7 12 19 28 38 49

490

B

470

Section Area mm2 2312

Permissible bending moment kg/m 23,5

Permissible vertical Selfweight shear force kg/m approx. kg/m 25

15

65


LIBERA SYSTEM

LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES

LIBERA FL52 SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

LIBERAFL52 / ACCESSORIES

LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL52 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.

LIBERAFL52 / CONNECTIONS

KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

KHLP

M20 screw bolt + spring washer

M20 screw nut + spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork alum. connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

90° double fork alum. connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

KHL180AL110R

FL52CS02

FL52CS03

FL52CS04

FL52CS04C

FL52CS04F

180° double fork aluminium L = 110 mm R

2 ways fork connection system

3 ways fork connection system

4 ways fork connection system

curved 4 ways fork conn. system

4 ways fork conn. system w/foot

C052D

FL52CS09ALU

FL52033HSZ1

FL52047HSZ1

FL52ST

FL52MS

Bar hook for 52 cm. truss

Alusfera 52 peak

Hoist support

Hoist support

FL52 Transport trolley system for 20 pieces

Hoist support

FL52IS40-L

FL52IS40-R

RA / Reinforcement arm

RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks

Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 52 - Left

Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 52 - Right

RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm

RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm

RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps

RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe

RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps

RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH049P – working length 49 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH158M8 – working length 158 cm RAH205M9S – working length 205 cm RAH213M5 – working length 213 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH250M6 – working length 250 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm

RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm

RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm

LIBERAFL52 / FRAMES FL52CS04FF

FL52CS04FISS

FL52CS04L

FL52CS04RT

TZHL01

1 / FL52 truss fixed onto 4-way connection system FL52CS04

4 ways fork conn. system w/foot and vertical fork

4 ways fork connection system

4 ways fork conn. system with eyes

4 ways fork conn. system with rail

FL assembly kit

2 / Detail of RAH fixed onto FL52 end brace 3 / FL52 module

1

66

2

3

67


TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL76

LIBERA FL76 This LIBERA System is ideal for large grids and complex installations, allowing to build structures of up to 22 metres long with standard centre-to-centre distances. Indoors, it is suitable for theatre grid structures, and TV and cinema studios with innumerable advantages.

712

B

LIBERA SYSTEM FL76 47 to 300 cm flat trusses - FL76 Available in two versions: standard and with built-in roofing sheet guides Ends with universal steel forks Made in EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 50x4 mm tubes and 30x30 mm diagonals Curved parts for grid stucture end fittings Universal four-way or male/female pass-through connection

TRUSS code

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6

FL76047V FL76086V FL76100V FL76186V FL76200V FL76047R FL76086R FL76100R FL76186R FL76200R FL76111RHC

Braces C: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6 Ends D: steel forks connector 11SMnPb37 Connection system KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF

H cm

25

15

LOAD TABLE / CONNECTIONS TYPE A AND TYPE B

SPAN m

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point central point central point central point central point central load deflection load deflection load deflection load deflection load deflection kg/mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 5 4 5 5 5 535 975 5 2557 2557 4 1337 1918 5 870 1278 5 668 1061 5 7 6 7 7 7 441 702 7 2108 2108 6 1325 1581 7 858 1054 7 662 875 7 8 9 10 375 509 10 10 1784 1784 8 1312 1338 10 10 845 892 9 656 740 10 13 325 384 12 12 1537 1537 10 10 1153 1153 13 13 768 768 12 12 638 638 13 16 286 298 16 16 1343 1343 13 13 1007 1007 16 16 671 671 15 15 557 557 16 20 237 237 20 20 1185 1185 16 16 888 888 20 20 592 592 19 19 491 491 20 24 191 191 24 24 1053 1053 19 19 790 790 24 24 526 526 22 22 437 437 24 29 157 157 28 28 941 941 23 23 706 706 29 29 470 470 27 27 390 390 29 34 130 130 33 33 845 845 26 26 633 633 34 34 422 422 31 31 350 350 34 39 108 108 38 38 760 760 31 31 570 570 39 39 380 380 36 36 315 315 39 45 91 91 44 44 685 685 35 35 514 514 45 45 342 342 42 42 284 284 45 51 77 77 50 50 618 618 40 40 464 464 51 51 308 309 47 47 256 256 51 58 65 65 56 56 558 558 45 45 418 418 58 58 279 279 54 54 231 231 58 65 55 55 63 63 502 502 51 51 377 377 65 65 251 251 60 60 208 208 65 72 47 47 70 70 452 452 56 56 339 339 72 72 226 226 67 67 187 187 72 80 10 40 78 78 405 405 63 63 303 303 80 80 202 202 74 74 168 168 8

L cm

flat section 76 47 flat section 76 86 flat section 76 100 flat section 76 186 flat section 76 200 flat section 76 47 with guide flat section 76 86 with guide flat section 76 100 with guide flat section 76 186 with guide flat section 76 200 with guide flat section 76 105 curved

23,5 Selfweight approx. kg/m

LIBERA FL76

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / CONNECTIONS TYPE A AND TYPE B

Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6

2312

762

C

Permissible bending moment kg/m

Permissible vertical shear force kg/m

A

B

Section Area mm2

TYPE A fork connection

TYPE B four-way connection

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm

1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0

A 1375 908 675 535 441 375 325

B 2475 1641 125 975 702 509 384

A 0 1 3 6 10 16 24

B 1 5 5 10 15 21 27

A 1375 1362 1350 1278 1054 892 768

B 2475 2164 1612 1278 1054 892 768

A 1 3 6 12 17 23 3

B 1 4 7 12 17 23 3

712 762

69


LIBERA SYSTEM

LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES

LIBERA FL76 SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

LIBERAFL76 / ACCESSORIES

LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL76 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.

LIBERAFL76 / CONNECTIONS

KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

KHLP

M20 screw bolt + spring washer

M20 screw nut + spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork alum. connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

90° double fork alum. connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

KHL180AL149R

FL76CS02

FL76CS03

FL76CS04

FL76CS04C

FL76CS04L

Alusfera 76 spacer A

2 ways fork connection system

3 ways fork connection system

4 ways fork connection system

4 ways fork conn. system tonde

4 ways fork conn. system w/foot

C052D

C066

FL76059HS

FL76047HSV

FL76CS09ALU

FL76CS10ALU

Alusfera 76 peak

Alusfera “2” 76 peak

Bar hook for 52 cm. truss

Bar hook for 61 cm. truss

HL 76 cm. gate cm 59 truss hoist support

HL 76 cm. gate cm 47 truss hoist support

FL76MSZ1

FLRS52E-L

FLRS52E-R

FLRS40E-L

FLRS40E-R

FL76ST

Hoist support

Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 76 - Left

Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 76 - Right

Inclination system for MT40 tower/ Libera 76 - Left

Inclination system for MT40 tower/ Libera 76 - Right

FL76 transport trolley system for 20 pieces

FL76TT

FL76FP

Support for truss

Stage floor plate

RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH158M8 – working length 158 cm RAH161M2 – working length 161 cm RAH191M4 – working length 191 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH242M5 – working length 242 cm RAH272M5 – working length 272 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm RAH302M6 – working length 302 cm RAH311M9 – working length 311 cm RAH352M7 – working length 352 cm RAH380 – working length 380 cm

RA / Reinforcement arm

RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks

RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm

RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm

RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe

RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps

RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm

RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm

LIBERAFL76 / FRAMES FL76CS04R

FL76R-ALU

TZHL01

4 ways fork conn. system w/foot and vertical fork

HL 76 cm. ladder Alusfera 76 gate

FL assembly kit

1 / FL76 truss fixed onto 4-way connection system FL76CS04 5

1

70

2

3

4

6

2 / Detail RAH fixed onto FL76 end brace 3 / FL76 truss fixed onto end brace KHLM + KHLF

4 / Detail of FL76 module with RAH fixed onto end brace 5 / FL76 module with RAH fixed onto end brace 6 / FL76 module with 4-way connection

71


TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL105

LIBERA FL105 The top of the LIBERA range. It is ideal for heavy duty use, with High Load carrying capacity and wide spans. LIBERA 105 is mainly for outdoor use. It is the most suitable system for building roofing and large structures. It can be used to build a span of up to 30 metres in length with a large carrying capacity.

LIBERA FL105 LOAD TABLE

A C B

1000

1055

D LIBERA SYSTEM FL105 45 to 186 cm flat trusses - FL105 Available in standard version Ends with aluminium forks Made of EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 60x5 mm upper tube, 50x4 mm lower tube and 50x4 mm diagonal Universal four-way or male/female pass-through connection Upper chords A: extruded tube Ø 60x5 mm EN AW 6082T6

TRUSS code

H cm

Lower chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x5 mm EN AW 6082T6

FL105045V FL105086V FL105136V FL105186V

flat section 105 45 flat section 105 86 flat section 105 136 flat section 105 186

Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6

L cm

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 965 798 679 590 520 465 419 376 315 267 228 196 169 147 129 113 99 87 76 67 59

4 5 7 10 12 15 18 22 25 29 34 38 43 49 54 60 66 72 79 86 94

CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 4825 4790 4106 3560 3131 2785 2498 2256 2049 1869 1710 1570 1443 1329 1225 1130 1042 960 884 813 746

3 4 6 8 10 12 14 17 20 23 27 31 35 39 43 48 53 58 63 69 75

THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 2412 2395 2377 2360 2342 2088 1873 1692 1537 1402 1283 1177 1082 997 919 847 781 720 663 610 559

4 6 7 10 12 15 19 22 26 30 34 39 44 50 55 61 67 74 81 88 96

QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 1579 1561 1544 1526 1509 1392 1249 1128 1024 934 855 785 721 664 612 565 521 480 442 406 373

4 5 7 9 12 14 17 20 24 28 32 36 41 46 51 57 63 69 75 82 89

FIFTH POINT LOAD

point load kg/mm

central deflection mm

1206 1197 1188 1180 1171 1155 1036 963 850 775 710 651 599 551 508 469 432 398 367 337 309

4 6 7 10 12 15 19 22 26 30 34 39 44 50 55 61 67 74 81 88 96

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE

Braces C: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6

Ends D: forks connector EN AW 6082 T6

Connection system KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF

SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0

2465 1631 1215 965 798 679 590

0 1 2 3 6 10 14

2465 2447 2430 1956 1612 1367 1180

0 2 4 6 9 12 15

73


LIBERA SYSTEM

LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES

LIBERA FL105 SYSTEM

/ SYSTEM

LIBERAFL105 / ACCESSORIES

LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL105 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.

LIBERAFL105 / CONNECTIONS

KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

KHLP

M20 screw bolt + spring washer

M20 screw nut + spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork alum. connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

90° double fork alum. connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

KHL180AL149R

FL105CS02

FL105CS03

FL105CS04

Alusfera 76 spacer A

2 ways fork connection system

3 ways fork connection system

4 ways fork connection system

FL105MS

FL105MSZ1

FL105ST

Hoist support

Hoist support

FL105 transport trolley system for 20 pieces

RA / Reinforcement arm

RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks

RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps

RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm

RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm

RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH100M3P – working length 100 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm

RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe

RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps

RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm RAL400 – length 400 cm

RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm

FL105CS04Z1

LIBERAFL105 / FRAMES 1 / Connection detail RAH FL105 2 / FL105 Connection 3 / FL105 Module

1

74

2

3

75


LIBERA SYSTEM / STAR TRUSSES

Subsonica’s Tour in Pordenone Photo courtesy of ELECTRA SERVICE snc Mantua, Italy


HIGH-LOAD “FORK� TRUSSES LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY Load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions and excellent performances. Their design and twist-resistant geometry make High Load trusses usable both with horizontal and vertical forks. They are strong and sturdy, and may be used as structural components in a grid, large load bearing beams or support towers. Some of the trusses in this line are built of extruded tubes with built in guides for inserting roofing sheets. Perfectly in line with international standard dimensions, they are totally integrated with the LIBERA System.


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RF40

RF40 High Load 40x29 cm rectangularsection aluminium truss. It is the most compact truss of the High Load series with a fork connection. Suitable for quite long spans, it keeps an optimum ratio between maximum load and truss deflection. The horizontally-aligned fork ends allow the truss to be used with only minimal accessories to build grid structures.

RF40 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

A D

B

C

350

E

290

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Braces C:

extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Braces D:

extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends E:

aluminium fork connector

EN AW 6082 T6

400

SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm RF40100 RF40200 RF40300 RF40400

40x29x100 40x29x200 40x29x300 40x29x400

kg 13.2 16.8 20.0 23.2

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1928 5785 5 2524 2524 4 1593 3186 4 1222 3665 4 1009 4038 5 1257 5029 11 2084 2084 7 1351 2702 8 1059 3176 9 887 3549 9 852 4262 18 1770 1770 12 1171 2343 14 932 2797 15 771 3084 16 616 3696 28 1537 1537 18 1032 2065 21 832 2496 24 666 2662 24 458 3205 38 1356 1356 26 920 1840 30 750 2250 34 585 2340 34 353 2822 50 1211 1211 35 830 1659 41 667 2000 45 519 2077 45 279 2515 64 1090 1090 45 754 1508 53 595 1786 58 467 1867 58 226 2264 80 990 990 57 690 1380 67 537 1610 73 423 1692 73 187 2054 98 905 905 70 634 1269 83 487 1462 88 386 1543 89 156 1875 117 832 832 85 586 1172 101 445 1336 106 354 1416 107 132 1721 138 768 768 101 544 1088 120 409 1227 125 326 1305 127 113 1586 160 711 711 119 505 1010 141 377 1131 146 302 1207 149 98 1467 185 660 660 138 471 942 164 349 1047 169 280 1120 172 85 1361 211 615 615 158 440 881 188 324 972 193 261 1042 197 74 1266 239 574 574 180 413 825 215 301 904 218 243 972 223 66 1180 268 536 536 204 387 774 243 281 843 246 227 908 252 58 1099 299 502 502 230 364 727 273 263 788 275 212 850 282 51 1026 331 471 471 257 342 684 305 245 736 306 199 796 314

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2165 790 413 252 169 120 89

2165 1581 1238 1010 846 722 624

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 4 11 22 36 55 77

1593 1035 762 598 488 408 348

1 7 18 34 55 81 111

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12 15

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 17392 8148 3852 2222 1407

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

81


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

RF40 SYSTEM

RF40 / CORNER SOLUTIONS

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

RF40 / CONNECTIONS

A Corner 90°

KF30P3030

B Corner 120° KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

FF40023M9P

KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

C Corner 135°

KF30L2135 KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

D Kit for column

FF40023M9P

RF40 / ACCESSORIES

KF30L2135

CBQ3040

CBT3040

KF30P3030

FF40023M9P

Kit for 135° corner

4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

2 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss

Plate for 90° corner incl. Bolts

Heavy Load 40 Gate - 23,9 cm.

KF30P3030

KCFS

83


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL40A

QL40A

ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 40 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with an aluminium fork connection. This guarantees excellent rigidity and elevated resistance in both horizontal and vertical applications despite its reduced section.

QL40A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

A B

400

C

400

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends C:

aluminium forks connector

EN AW 6082 T6

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip

SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1579 4736 3 2601 2601 3 1521 3043 3 1110 3331 3 884 3535 3 1173 4693 8 2264 2264 6 1360 2720 6 1010 3031 6 814 3256 7 891 4456 15 2004 2004 11 1229 2458 11 926 2778 12 754 3016 12 692 4151 24 1795 1795 17 1119 2239 18 854 2562 19 702 2809 20 549 3842 35 1624 1624 24 1027 2055 26 793 2378 28 657 2628 29 445 3561 49 1480 1480 33 947 1895 36 738 2213 39 616 2465 41 362 3260 64 1358 1358 43 879 1757 48 690 2069 52 580 2320 55 301 3007 82 1253 1253 55 818 1636 61 647 1940 67 546 2184 72 253 2779 101 1160 1160 69 764 1527 77 608 1824 85 504 2015 89 212 2547 121 1079 1079 84 715 1430 95 573 1720 105 467 1867 108 179 2327 143 1006 1006 101 671 1342 114 541 1622 127 434 1736 130 153 2136 165 941 941 120 631 1262 136 512 1536 152 405 1621 153 131 1969 190 881 881 141 595 1190 159 484 1453 178 379 1514 178 114 1822 216 827 827 163 561 1121 185 455 1366 206 355 1419 205 99 1690 244 779 779 187 530 1061 212 423 1268 233 333 1333 234 87 1572 273 733 733 213 501 1003 242 393 1179 261 313 1253 265 77 1464 304 691 691 240 475 950 274 366 1098 291 295 1179 298 68 1366 337 652 652 270 450 899 308 342 1025 323 278 1111 333

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL40100A QL40130A QL40200A QL40300A

40X40X100 40X40X130 40X40X200 40X40X300

kg 14.70 17.50 25.30 36.20

GATES AND ACCESSORIES code cm FL40035P FL40049MS MTC30F MTC30G / MTC30D KHLP

40X35X5 40X49 - 5X5 48x48X1 48X48X1 Ø 2

kg 3.5 4.1 5 4.2 0.15

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1844 752 422 272 190 139 105

1844 1504 1267 1087 948 831 736

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

0 3 9 18 32 49 71

1519 1120 881 723 608 520 450

1 6 16 32 53 79 111

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12 15

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 27759 10833 4951 2813 1820

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

85


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

QL40A SYSTEM

QL40A / GATES

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

QL40A / CONNECTIONS

FL40035P

FL40049M5P

HL 40 cm. flat - cm. 35 gate

HL 40 cm. flat - cm. 49,5 gate

QL40A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

1 90° solution with pillar 2 90° solution with gate 3 90° solution with wheeled frame 4 3-way solution with frame

KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

1

3

2

4

QL40A / ACCESSORIES

C040

FP40Z1

MTC30F

Bar hook for 40 cm. truss

Universal 40 cm truss floor plate

Square frame with bolts for QF40

87


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL52A

QL52A

ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 52 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with an aluminium fork connection. It shows great versatility in use both as a tower (Maxitower 52) and as a span.

QL52A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

A B 520

C

520

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends C:

aluminium forks connector

EN AW 6082 T6

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip

SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1108 828 660 547 457 387 330 281 243 212 186 163 144 127 113 101 91 81 74 67

3324 3313 3300 3284 3199 3093 2973 2815 2673 2542 2417 2281 2156 2027 1927 1827 1731 1630 1556 1467

1 3 6 11 16 24 33 43 54 68 83 98 115 133 153 175 197 220 246 272

2213 1991 1809 1656 1526 1413 1315 1227 1149 1078 1014 956 903 853 808 766 727 690 659 622

2213 1991 1809 1656 1526 1413 1315 1227 1149 1078 1014 956 903 853 808 766 727 690 659 622

1 3 5 9 13 18 24 30 38 47 57 68 80 94 108 124 141 159 179 199

1239 1141 1056 981 917 860 808 761 719 680 644 611 580 551 524 499 476 453 430 415

2479 2281 2111 1963 1834 1720 1616 1523 1437 1360 1287 1222 1160 1102 1049 999 951 905 859 830

1 3 5 9 13 18 25 32 41 50 61 74 87 102 118 135 154 174 195 220

880 821 770 724 683 646 612 581 552 525 501 478 456 436 416 398 381 364 348 333

2640 2464 2311 2173 2049 1938 1836 1742 1656 1576 1502 1433 1367 1307 1249 1193 1142 1093 1044 1000

1 3 5 9 13 19 26 34 43 54 66 80 94 111 129 148 169 192 215 241

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL52100A QL52130A QL52200A QL52300A

52X52X100 52X52X130 52X52X200 52X52X300

kg 16.70 19.20 26.70 36.60

GATES AND ACCESSORIES code cm FL52047P FL52059P FL52066MSP MTC40F MTC40G / MTC40D KHLP

kg

52X47X5 4.4 52X59X5 4.7 52X66,5X5 5.0 59X59X1 4.3 59X59X1 14.5 / 13.3 Ø 2 0.15

610 356 237 169 127 98 77

1221 1069 948 844 760 684 616

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 4 9 16 25 37 52

2750 2593 2453 2323 2207 2101 2003 1911 1825 1748 1671 1603 1535 1473 1399 1321 1250 1182 1126 1067

1 3 5 9 14 20 27 35 45 57 70 85 101 118 137 155 176 197 220 245

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

687 648 613 581 552 525 501 478 456 437 418 401 384 368 350 330 313 296 281 267

979 807 682 587 511 449 396

3 8 17 28 43 62 83

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12 15 18 21

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 24852 18007 8595 4948 3200 2235 1647

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

89


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

QL52A SYSTEM

QL52A / ACCESSORIES

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

QL52A / CONNECTIONS

QL52X6C

KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

HL 52 - QL52 - 6 ways compact corner

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

C052D

FP52Z1

MTC40D

MTC40F

MTC40G

Bar hook for 52 cm. truss

Universal 52 cm truss floor plate

Lower frame MT40, w/ wheels

Square frame with bolts

Upper frame MT40, w/ wheels and rings

RL76TT

FL52047HS

Skate for QL52/RL76 Truss (single)

HL 52 cm. gate - cm. 47 truss - hoist support

QL52A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLM

KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

1 90° solution with pillar

Male fork connector complete

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

2 90° solution with gate 3 90° solution with wheeled frame 4 3-way solution with frame

KHL90LS

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork steel connector, left

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

1

2

QL52A / GATES

3

FL52047P

FL52059P

FL52066M5P

HL 52 cm. ladder cm. 47 truss with horizontal forks

HL 52 cm. gate cm. 59 truss w/ horizontal forks - FL76

HL 52 cm. ladder cm. 66,5 truss with horizontal forks

4

91


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL76A

QL76A

ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 76 cm long sides. It is provided with steel fork connections and Ø50x4 mm chords. Thanks to its elevated moment of inertia and resistance of its connections, it is mainly used in the composition of towers (Maxitower 76).

QL76A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

A B C

712

762

D

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Braces C:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends D:

steel forks connector

11SMnPb37

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL76078A Tipo A QL76078AB Tipo B QL76200A Tipo A QL76200AB Tipo B QL76250A Tipo A

76.2X76.2X78 76.2X76.2X78 76.2x76.2x200 76.2x76.2x200 76.2x76.2x250

kg 30.70 30.70 56.70 56.70 68.60

SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/m mm 1126 934 797 694 600 481 393 326 274 233 199 173 150 131 115 101 90 80

9 14 18 24 31 38 46 54 64 74 85 97 109 122 136 151 166 182

CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 4998 4142 3527 3063 2699 2405 2163 1958 1784 1632 1499 1381 1275 1180 1094 1015 942 875

8 11 15 19 24 30 37 43 51 59 68 77 87 98 109 121 133 146

THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 2815 2802 2645 2297 2024 1804 1622 1469 1338 1224 1124 1036 957 885 820 761 707 656

10 14 19 25 31 39 47 56 65 76 87 99 111 125 139 154 170 187

QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1856 1843 1763 1531 1349 1202 1081 979 892 816 750 691 638 590 547 507 471 437

9 13 18 23 29 36 43 52 61 70 81 92 103 116 129 143 158 173

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

2853 1414 852 523 351 249 184

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 6 19 37 62 93 132

FIFTH POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1407 1401 1395 1271 1120 998 897 813 740 677 622 573 529 490 454 421 391 363

10 14 19 25 31 39 47 56 65 76 87 99 111 125 139 154 170 187

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2853 2144 1571 1217 972 791 648

2 10 25 46 74 106 143

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

6 9 12 15 18

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 14060 8480 4570 2730 1700

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

93


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

QL76A SYSTEM

QL76A / TOWERS

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

QL76A / CONNECTIONS

QL76200A e AB KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

QL76A / ACCESSORIES

MTC76F

MTC76D

FL76071M2HS

FL76071M2P

MT76 frame with bolts

MT76 frame with wheels

FL76 cm 71.2 + motor support

Gate - HL76 Flat truss L = 71,2 cm

95


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL85A

QL85A

ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 85 cm long sides. It is provided with steel fork connections and Ø50x4 mm chords. Thanks to its elevated moment of inertia and resistance of its connections, it is mainly used in the composition of towers.

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

Hm

QL85A ANTI-TORSION

10 16 20 24

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 230 110 80 65

A B 850

C

QL85A / TOWERS

D 4000

QL85200A

QL85400A

Tower

Tower

QL85200A e QL85400A Tower

850

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Braces C:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends D:

steel forks connector

EN AW 6082 T6

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL85200A QL85400A

85X85X200 85X85X400

kg 83.6 132.3

97


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RL76A

RL76A

ANTI-TORSION Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with 76x52 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with steel fork connections. It ensures high load capacity on medium-long spans thanks to the design of its main components.

RL76A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

A B

C 762

D

520

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Braces C:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends D:

steel forks connector

11SMnPb37

RL76100A RL76200A RL76300A

76.2X52X100 76.2X52X200 76.2X52X300

kg 19.40 45.00 52.00

CORNERS AND SLEEVE BLOCK code cm FL76047P FL76066M5 MTC40F MTC40G / MTC40D KHLP

1314 980 780 646 550 479 423 378 342 312 286 264 245 223 202 184 168 152 137 123 111 101 91

3941 3918 3898 3873 3852 3828 3807 3783 3761 3738 3716 3694 3671 3572 3441 3315 3196 3046 2872 2710 2560 2419 2287

1 2 3 5 9 13 19 25 34 44 56 70 86 102 119 137 157 177 196 216 237 259 282

3287 3073 2877 2698 2536 2389 2254 2131 2017 1913 1816 1726 1642 1564 1490 1421 1357 1295 1236 1171 1111 1055 1001

3287 3073 2877 2698 2536 2389 2254 2131 2017 1913 1816 1726 1642 1564 1490 1421 1357 1295 1236 1171 1111 1055 1001

1 2 4 6 9 13 18 23 29 36 45 53 63 74 86 99 113 128 144 160 177 195 214

1749 1667 1588 1514 1444 1378 1315 1257 1202 1149 1100 1053 1009 967 927 889 852 818 785 752 722 692 663

3498 3333 3176 3028 2887 2755 2631 2514 2403 2299 2200 2107 2018 1934 1854 1778 1705 1635 1569 1505 1443 1384 1327

1 2 4 6 9 13 17 23 30 37 46 55 66 78 91 104 120 136 153 172 191 212 235

1203 1159 1115 1074 1033 994 957 922 888 855 823 793 764 737 710 684 659 635 612 590 568 548 527

3609 3476 3346 3221 3100 2983 2872 2765 2663 2564 2470 2380 2293 2210 2129 2052 1978 1906 1837 1770 1705 1643 1582

1 2 3 6 9 13 18 24 31 39 48 58 69 82 96 111 127 145 164 185 206 230 254

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm

SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm

kg

76.2X47X5 8.9 76.2X66.5X5 9.7 59X59X1 4.3 59X59X1 13.3 / 14.5 Ø 2 0.15

859 527 363 267 204 161 130

1717 1580 1452 1333 1227 1125 1037

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

1 3 6 11 18 27 38

3676 3564 3454 3345 3239 3136 3036 2939 2845 2754 2666 2581 2498 2418 2340 2265 2192 2121 2050 1983 1891 1793 1700

1 2 3 6 9 13 18 24 31 39 49 60 72 85 100 116 134 153 173 195 216 237 259

AXIAL LOAD TABLE

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

919 891 863 836 810 784 759 735 711 689 667 645 624 604 585 566 548 530 513 496 473 448 425

1502 1306 1144 1009 896 799 715

2 6 12 21 33 48 65

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

Hm

3 6 9 12 15 18 21

AXIAL LOAD

N

N am. Kg 21848 18339 8625 4945 3191 2227 1781

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

99


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

RL76A SYSTEM

RL76A / ACCESSORIES

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

RL76A / CONNECTIONS

KHLB

KHLD

KHLF

KHLG

KHLM

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

Female fork connector complete

M20 Lifting Eye

Male fork connector complete

C052D

FP52Z1

MTC40D

MTC40F

MTC40G

Bar hook for 52 cm. truss

Universal 52 cm truss floor plate

Lower frame MT40, w/ wheels

Square frame with bolts

Upper frame MT40, w/ wheels and rings

MTC52D

MTC52G

RL76TT

FL52047HS

Lower frame - QL52A truss, w/ wheels

Upper frame - QL52A truss, w/ wheels and rings

Skate for QL52/RL76 Truss (single)

HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 47 truss - hoist support

RL76A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

KHL90LS

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

90° double fork steel connector, left

1 90° solution with frame 2 90° solution with gate 3 3-way solution with frame 4 4-way solution with frame

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

1

2

QL52A / GATES

3

FL76047P

FL76059P

FL76059PH

FL76066M5P

HL 76 cm. ladder cm. 47 truss with horizontal forks

HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 59 truss w/ horizontal forks - FL76

HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 59 truss w/ coupling - RL76/FL76

HL 76 cm. ladder - cm. 66,5 truss with horizontal forks

4

101


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RL105A

RL105A

ANTI-TORSION

B CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with 105x67 cm long sides. It is intended for uses that require elevated loads on large spans. The steel fork connection bestows sturdiness and wear resistance to the system. It is designed and tested according to the most widespread international standards.

C A D

RL105A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

4750 1976 1126 734 517 382 292 229 183 148

0 1 2 4 7 11 16 22 29 36

4750 3952 3377 2936 2583 2290 2043 1831 1644 1479

0 1 4 7 12 18 26 34 44 54

3994 3018 2418 2005 1702 1467 1279 1124 994 882

A C 1000

B

1060

D 610 670

Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 60x5 mm EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6

Braces C:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends D:

steel forks connector

11SMnPb37

Connection system KHLP:

cylindrical pin + safety R-clip

LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm RL105100A RL105200A RL105300A

106x67x100 106x67x200 106x67x300

GATES AND ACCESSORIES code KHLPZ1

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip

C067RL Pick up bar RL 105 RL105TT RL 105 skate set - 2 pcs

kg 41.5 62.5 83.5

kg 0.2 9.9 7.5 On demand

GATES AND ACCESSORIES code

kg

RL 105X4

HL 105 rectangular 4 ways corner

75.2

MTS 52K02

Wheel set for sleeve block Set of 8 pcs

19.6

MTS 52R105

RL105 4 ways sleeve block Maxitower 52

94.8

MTS 52R105H RL105 3 ways w/hoist support 103.1 sleeve block - Maxitower 52 MTS 52K01

Guy-wires fastening to sleeve block - Set of 4 pcs 6.3

SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3471 2596 2072 1722 1472 1284 1139 990 819 687 584 501 434 379 333 295 261 234 209 188 169 152 138 125 114 103 94 86 78 71 65

10414 10386 10358 10330 10303 10275 10247 9896 9005 8246 7591 7020 6516 6068 5666 5302 4968 4671 4392 4135 3891 3660 3452 3254 3069 2897 2730 2573 2424 2283 2148

1 1 3 5 8 12 16 22 27 32 38 44 50 57 65 73 81 90 99 109 119 129 139 150 162 173 185 198 210 223 237

9669 8615 7394 6461 5735 5149 4663 4255 3905 3603 3342 3108 2899 2711 2540 2387 2244 2113 1995 1884 1779 1681 1589 1503 1421 1343 1270 1200 1133 1069 1008

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

9669 8615 7394 6461 5735 5149 4663 4255 3905 3603 3342 3108 2899 2711 2540 2387 2244 2113 1995 1884 1779 1681 1589 1503 1421 1343 1270 1200 1133 1069 1008

1 2 3 5 7 9 12 15 19 23 27 32 37 42 48 54 61 68 75 83 91 100 109 118 128 138 149 160 171 183 196

5207 5009 4619 4273 3841 3484 3184 2927 2704 2509 2337 2183 2045 1920 1805 1704 1608 1519 1439 1362 1290 1222 1160 1100 1044 991 940 891 845 801 759

10414 10018 9238 8546 7683 6969 6368 5854 5409 5019 4674 4366 4090 3839 3611 3408 3216 3038 2877 2723 2580 2443 2320 2201 2088 1981 1880 1783 1690 1602 1517

1 2 3 5 8 11 14 18 22 27 32 37 43 50 57 65 72 81 90 99 109 119 130 141 152 164 177 189 203 216 231

3471 3462 3398 3190 3002 2827 2587 2340 2132 1954 1801 1667 1548 1442 1346 1262 1183 1111 1047 986 930 877 828 781 737 697 658 621 586 552 520

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

10414 10386 10193 9569 9005 8482 7761 7019 6395 5863 5403 5000 4645 4326 4039 3786 3548 3332 3140 2957 2791 2631 2483 2344 2210 2090 1974 1863 1757 1657 1561

1 2 4 6 9 12 16 20 24 29 34 40 46 52 59 66 74 82 91 100 109 119 129 139 150 162 173 185 198 210 224

2603 2596 2590 2574 2441 2222 2006 1826 1672 1540 1425 1323 1232 1151 1078 1011 951 895 844 797 752 711 672 634 601 568 537 508 480 453 427

10414 10386 10358 10294 9764 8887 8024 7303 6689 6160 5698 5292 4926 4603 4311 4046 3803 3580 3376 3190 3010 2843 2687 2538 2403 2272 2149 2031 1919 1812 1710

1 2 3 6 9 12 16 20 24 29 34 40 46 53 60 68 76 84 93 102 112 122 133 143 155 166 179 191 204 217 231

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

103


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM

RL105A SYSTEM

RL105A / SLEEVE BLOCKS

High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.

MTS52R105

MTS52R105H

RL105X4 1030 800

800

800

230

M20 Lifting Eye

KHLM

KHLP

KHL180A

KHL180S

KHL90LA

Male fork connector complete

Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.

180° double fork aluminium connector

180° double fork steel connector

90° double fork aluminium connector, left

KHL90LS

KHL90RA

KHL90RS

TZHL01

90° double fork steel connector, left

90° double fork aluminium connector, right

90° double fork steel connector, right

FL assembly kit

800

800

1060

KHLG

Female fork connector complete

1000

KHLF

M20 screw nut + conical spring washer

1070

KHLD

M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer

1270

KHLB

HL 105 rectangular 4 ways corner

1270

RL105X4

1000

800

RL105A / CONNECTIONS

750 750

RL105A / ACCESSORIES

C067RL

MTS52K01

MTS52K02

RL105TT

Pickup bar RL105

Guy-wires fastening to sleeve block Set of 4 pcs

Wheel set for sleeve block - Set of 8 pcs

RL 105 skate set 2 pcs

105


TRUSSES

MYT

Preliminary information

HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES MYT

MyT Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with extraordinary dimensions; it is 84 cm wide, 146 cm high and 500 cm long, and weighs 430 kg. It is made in highperformance aluminium alloy EN AW-7003 T6, among the aluminium series with the best mechanical characteristics. The truss can be used in large installations intended for entertainment, for temporary and semi-permanent structures. At maximum load spans it undergoes virtually no bending.

MyT steroid

MyT classic A

A

B

C

146

It has even better performances in the STEROID version thanks to the double number of diagonals on the vertical faces.

B C

84

Chords A: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD

Diagonals B: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6 Ends C: aluminium forks connector EN AW 7003 T6 Connection system: 11SMnPb37

LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TR150M-50M-A TR150M-50M-G

84x146x500 84x146x500

Chords A: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6

LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

SPAN m

10 20 35

point load kg

full load kg

1290 610 310

12900 12200 10850

430 495

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD

Diagonals B: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6 Ends C: aluminium forks connector EN AW 7003 T6 Connection system: 11SMnPb37

SPAN m

10 20 35

point load kg

full load kg

2100 1020 300

21000 20400 10500

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

kg

LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

Main Load table haschords been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 Braces (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord Measurements and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end. Max loading capacity (UDL) Module weight Coupling system

extruded - aluminum EN that AW-7003 The values shown in the table are the allowable staticprofile loads that It shouldalloy be noted this are T6 idealised loading conditions and can be applied to the truss. This is the liveextruded load or theprofile payload.- aluminum the Useralloy shallEN re-analyze the T6 truss for the loading conditions AW-7003 The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when which prevail for the application being considered. 840 mm wide - 1460 height - 5000 mm long calculating the values in the table. 12000 Kg on 35 m 450 Kg pin fork connection

107


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES PRE-RIG

Pre-rig A pre-rig truss for supporting and transporting moving heads. It is equipped with 4 castor wheels for easy maneuverability and pins for the connection of truss pieces. Each truss is designed to carry a lighting bar complete with moving heads. The lighting bar is hooked onto the main chord and allows lights to move. This design reduces the amount of space required for rigging in the truck.

PR 60300 A

PR 60235

B

C

305 355

E

900

A C

505

305 355

B

E

3050

900

D

480

D

500 600

2400

PR 60235 / PR60300

LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

PRELIMINARY INFORMATION

550 600

UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD

PR 60235 / PR60300 Chords A:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Diagonals B:

extruded tube Ø 25,4x3,17 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Vertical braces C:

extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Horizontal braces D:

extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm

EN AW 6082 T6

Ends E:

aluminium forks connector

EN AW 6082 T6

Connection system KHLP:

cylindrical pin + safety R-clip

SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18

point load kg/m 956 496 195 85 38 15

full load kg 2868 2976 1755 1020 570 270

CENTRE POINT LOAD

central point deflection load mm kg 8 31 52 70 86 105

731 1624 640 677 381 208

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

full load kg 731 1624 640 677 381 208

THIRD POINT LOAD

central point deflection load mm kg 3 25 30 65 85 100

960 1002 750 408 229 125

full load kg 1920 2004 1500 816 458 250

QUARTER POINT LOAD

central point deflection load mm kg 6 23 51 70 84 105

780 651 528 290 159 115

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

full load kg

central deflection mm

2340 1953 1584 870 477 345

7 22 54 69 85 100

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

109


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES STACKING 40

STACKING 40 Trapeizoidal section High Load aluminum truss with 35 cm long sides. The product’s unique stacking design provides a space savings solution, while the fork connection system ensures maximum efficiency. It comes equipped with a removable wheeled frame that facilitates easy connectability and maneuverability.

3000

STACKING 40 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

400

SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 555 271 165 87 52 32 21 13

1160 1630 1480 1050 775 580 431 311

2 14 44 77 121 174 237 310

1660 1150 740 524 387 290 216 155

1660 1150 740 524 387 290 216 155

3 16 35 64 101 149 207 277

832 814 560 399 298 226 172 128

1660 1630 1120 797 595 453 344 256

2 19 45 80 126 182 250 330

555 543 370 262 194 145 108 78

1660 1630 1110 786 581 435 323 233

2 17 42 74 116 168 230 302

416 407 309 220 163 123 92 67

1660 1630 1240 878 651 491 368 268

2 17 44 78 123 177 242 317

349,5

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION 184

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 3 6

179 39

537 236

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

6 24

288 122

8 31

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

111


TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES STACKING 52

STACKING 52 Trapeizoidal section High Load aluminum truss with 48.5 cm long sides. The product’s unique stacking design provides a space savings solution, while the fork connection system ensures maximum efficiency. It comes equipped with a removable wheeled frame that facilitates easy connectability and maneuverability.

STACKING 52 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24

712

3000

470

1760 725 315 171 105 68 47 33

5290 4350 2830 2050 1570 1230 980 781

2 14 31 56 87 125 170 222

4410 2180 1420 1030 784 616 490 391

4410 2180 1420 1030 784 616 490 391

3 11 25 45 71 104 144 191

2640 1640 1070 777 597 472 380 306

5290 3270 2140 1550 1190 945 759 613

3 14 32 57 90 130 177 233

1760 1090 708 513 392 308 245 195

5290 3260 2120 1540 1180 924 735 586

3 13 30 53 83 120 163 214

1320 907 591 429 329 259 207 165

5290 3630 2370 1720 1310 1040 827 662

3 14 32 56 88 127 173 226

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

712

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 3 6

385 86

1160 517

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

4 18

578 259

6 23

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

113


HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES

Multi-purpose Hall KV Arena Karlsbad (Karlovy Vary), Czech Republic Photo courtesy of MusicData s.r.o., Velke Mezirici, Czech Republic


DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS FLEXIBILITY & STACKABILITY Multi-purpose built-in rail systems with modules that move LED screens, scenery and lights. They are easily used since they are modular and stackable for storage. Two models are available, the 52 version for heavy duty applications and the 40 version for small-medium sized projects. The modules may be managed with the most common control systems on the market. The possible movements are horizontal (right-left and left-to-right), vertical (up-down and down-up) and 360째 rotation, clockwise and counter-clockwise (only in the larger version).

DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40 DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52

118 120


DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS DST 40 DST40 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS stackable may be brought on the stage with their dolly, which folds upward without the need of being stored when the truss works

DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40

easily assembled with the trolley which can be mounted even before rigging activities

The system consists of a 40 stacking truss provided with a single track and a foldable dolly. It is also available with a single track without a dolly. The system, which is modular and very easy to assemble, features a motorised and a slave trolley. It is made in dark grey to absorb light, but other colours are available on request.

use of a few accessories that can be set up also on curved tracks all trolleys can run on straight and curved tracks. They can be used in various applications to move, open and rotate LED screens, scenery and projectable panels, such as like concerts and other events in general. 400

DST 40 / MODULES

349,5

184

3000

Motorised Trolley Load capacity: 200 kg Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min Silent wheels

LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

189,3

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD full central point full central point full central point full central point full central point load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg/m kg mm 555 1160 2 1660 1660 3 832 1660 2 555 1660 2 416 1660 2 271 1630 14 1150 1150 16 814 1630 19 543 1630 17 407 1630 17 165 1480 44 740 740 35 560 1120 45 370 1110 42 309 1240 44 87 1050 77 524 524 64 399 797 80 262 786 74 220 878 78 52 775 121 387 387 101 298 595 126 194 581 116 163 651 123 32 580 174 290 290 149 226 453 182 145 435 168 123 491 177 21 431 237 216 216 207 172 344 250 108 323 230 92 368 242 13 311 310 155 155 277 128 256 330 78 233 302 67 268 317

329

Variable speed

503 193,3

SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24

503

189,3

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm

3 6

179 39

537 236

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

118

6 3

288 122

8 31

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

The data listed in the above charts refer to the structural characteristics of the truss without the rail system modules. It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

119


DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS DST 52

DST52 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS stackable may be brought on the stage with their dolly, which folds upward without the need of being stored when the truss works

DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52

easily assembled with the trolley which can be mounted even before rigging activities

The system consists of a 52 stacking truss provided with a double track and a foldable dolly. It is also available with a double track without a dolly. The system, which is modular and very easy to assemble, features a motorised, a slave and a rotation trolley (furnished with a fifth wheel). It is made in dark grey to absorb light, but other colours are available on request.

use of a few accessories that can be set up also on curved tracks all trolleys can run on straight and curved tracks They can be used in various applications to move, open and rotate LED screens, scenery and projectable panels, such as like concerts and other events in general.

712

DST 52 / MODULES 470

470

Rotation trolley Load capacity: 900 kg

Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min

Silent wheels

Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min

300

3 6

385 86

1160 517

Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.

120

4 18

578 259

6 23

The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.

The data listed in the above charts refer to the structural characteristics of the truss without the rail system modules. It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.

300

289

251,5

212,5 409

302 166

CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm

302

225

CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

512,88

412,5

210

FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD full central point full central point full central point full central point full central point SPAN load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg/m kg mm m 3 1760 5290 2 4410 4410 3 2640 5290 3 1760 5290 3 1320 5290 3 6 725 4350 14 2180 2180 11 1640 3270 14 1090 3260 13 907 3630 14 9 315 2830 31 1420 1420 25 1070 2140 32 708 2120 30 591 2370 32 12 171 2050 56 1030 1030 45 777 1550 57 513 1540 53 429 1720 56 15 105 1570 87 784 784 71 597 1190 90 392 1180 83 329 1310 88 18 68 1230 125 616 616 104 472 945 130 308 924 120 259 1040 127 21 47 980 170 490 490 144 380 759 177 245 735 163 207 827 173 24 33 781 222 391 391 191 306 613 233 195 586 214 165 662 226

Variable speed

Silent wheels / Variable speed

LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION

Slave Trolley Load capacity: 1200 kg

190 250

412,5

251,5

3000

Motorised Trolley Load capacity: 1200 kg

190

121


DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS

Fashion show in Milan, LITEC Archive.


RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES UNLIMITEDNESS LITEC offers a wide range of rings and curved trusses, made in different diameters or degrees, for concerts, corporate events, exhibitions and many other events. Circles and curved trusses are produced with extreme accuracy and precision to guarantee perfect fitting. All curved parts are made with special tools ensuring that all parts are identical, so to allow every curved segment of a circle to be fully interchangeable. There is no standard length for curved components. It is however preferable to limit each single component to no longer than 3.5 metres to make transport and handling easier.

124

END-PLATED TRUSSES HIGH LOAD TRUSSES

130 132

125


RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES

T

RINGS

END-PLATED TRUSSES Apart from curves and rings, it is possible to build ellipses or irregular curved shapes. There are one solution for the square section, three for the triangular section and two for the flat section. There is no maximum diameter limit. LITEC advises the purchase of an even number of parts in order to obtain full flexibility and exchangeability with standard lengths and corner elements.

Triangular truss with vertex on top Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA

TI Triangular truss with internal vertex Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA

TE FV Vertical flat truss Available in FX25SA, FX30SA, FX40SA

Triangular truss with external vertex Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA

Q FP Horizontal flat russ Available in FX25SA, FX30SA, FX40SA

Square truss Available in QX25SA, QX30SA, QX40SA, QH30SA, QH40SA

127


RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES

RINGS

HIGH LOAD TRUSSES

HIGH-LOAD TRUSSES Circles and curved trusses are also made with High Load trusses, load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions and excellent performances. The circles are strong and sturdy, and there is no maximum diameter limit. LITEC advises the purchase of an even number of parts in order to obtain full flexibility and exchangeability with standard lengths and corner elements. Rings are made in many High Load truss systems and formats such as RF40, QL40A, QL52A, QL76A, QL85A, RL76A, RL105A

RF40

QL40A

QL52A

Some examples of RINGS with fork connections

QL40A 4 segments

QL52A 4 segments

QL76A

QL76A 8 segments

QL85A

RL76A

RL105A

129


CLAMPS VERSATILITY LITEC presents a new and renovated clamps line to manage any type of installation. They stand out for their design and innovative performances. They are divided in 8 series: ALI4251, ALI4251 NARROW, ALI4851, ALI4851 NARROW, ALI4851 SLIM, ALI6063, LIC3851 and LIC4851. To identify them we have used a micro-percussion technology which reports the family series number and the indication of the safe working load. They are all made from ultra-high tensile aluminium alloy and their surface is highly polished. On request they can also be supplied with black powder coating finishing.

ALI4251 ALI4251N ALI4851 ALI4851N ALI4851S ALI6063 LIC3851 LIC4851 CLAMPS LINE

132 132 133 136 137 138 140 141 142


TRUSS CLAMPS This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 42 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

HCL5111F

HCL5102F

HCL51L01F

HCL5101

HCL5102

HCL5103W034

ALI4251 FLAT swl 500 kg

ALI4251 FL M12/35 swl 500 kg

ALI4251 FL. 1/2 SP. swl 500 kg

ALI4851 swl 500 kg

ALI4851 M12/35 swl 500 kg

ALI4851 LIFT.EYE swl 340 kg

-5

-5

45

1

71 26

M 12

HCL5103W050

HCL5104

HCL5105

HCL5106

ALI4851 LIFT.EYE swl 500 kg

ALI4851 SWIVEL swl 500 kg

ALI4851 90° FIXED swl 500 kg

ALI4851 PARALLEL swl 500 kg

HCL51L01FN

ALI4251 FLAT N swl 300 kg

ALI4251 FL. N. M12/35 swl 300 kg

ALI4251 FL. N. 1/2 SP. swl 300 kg

Ø

48

-5

1

48

Ø

-5

1

1

0,5

71 45

48

-5

1

106,5

1

-5

105,5

Ø

48

105,5 50 116,52

30

30

30

Ø

-5

105,5

M 12 109,77

116,52

1

-5

42

26

Ø

23,5

10,5

M 12

1

-5

42

76,5 53

Ø

53

53

1

-5

48

45

45

HCL5102FN

45 0,5 45

Ø

HCL5112FN

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

116,52

This line includes all “the NARROW truss clamps” designed for tubes from 42 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

42

105,5

105,5

M 12 116,52

Ø

132

48

61,5

1

23,5

38,5 M 12 116,52

Ø

48

45

Ø

Ø

1

-5

42

61,5

1

-5

42

76,5

Ø

28

Ø

42

45

1

-5

ALI4251N

ALI4851

53

ALI4251

105,5 103,85

133


TRUSS CLAMPS

ALI 4851 HCL516304

HCL516305

HCL516306

HCL51L01

HCL51PC

HCL51CL

HCL51CL

ALI4851-ALI6063 SWIVEL swl 500 kg

ALI4851-ALI6063 90° FIXED swl 500 kg

ALI4851-ALI6063 PARALLEL swl 500 kg

ALI4851 1/2 SPIGOT swl 500 kg

ALI4851 Panel clamp for easy clamping (5 mm - 8 mm)

ALI4851 Clamp for cladding of the entire structure

applications

-5

48

Ø

-5

217,9

3

0-6

Ø6

1

0,5 45

217,4

45

1

3

0-6

Ø6

48

Ø4

-5

50

Ø

50

3

105,5

105,5

118,5 50

118,5

50

105,5

51

0-6

Ø6

Ø

8-

1

66,5 23,5 45

Ø

48

217,9 0,5 50 45

Ø

HCL51L03

HCL51L07

HCL51L08

ALI4851 FORK FIXED swl 500 kg

ALI4851 28 SP. Truss Support 25-30

ALI4851 28 SP. Truss Support 30-40 80

Ø

80

50

134

270,5

270,5

90,5 45 0,5 45

1

-5

48 105,5

239 > 300 200,5

350 > 411

28

28

239

135


TRUSS CLAMPS

ALI4851N

ALI4851S

This line includes all “the NARROW truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

LT HCL5107N Truss clamp ALI4851 NARROW swl 300kg 48

Truss clamp ALI4851 N. M12/50 swl 300kg

LT HCL51L01N

LT HCL5101S

LT HCL5102S

LT HCL5104S

Truss clamp ALI4851 N. 1/2 SP. swl 300kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. swl 75kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. M10/30 swl 75kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. SW. swl 75kg

Ø

Ø

Ø

LT HCL5108N

48

-5

Ø

48

-5

-5

1

This line includes all “the SLIM truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M10 wing nuts.

-5

1

48

1

8-5

Ø4

-5

1

116,52

37

M 12

41

M 12

37

68,5 45 23,5

60

38,5

37

1

1

Ø

48

M10 81,07

105,5

M10

30

81,07

LT HCL51L02N

LT HCL51L03N

LT HCL5111S

LT HCL51L01S

Truss clamp ALI4851 N. FORK ADJ. swl 300kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 N. FORK FIXED swl 300kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. P.H. swl 75kg

Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. 1/2 SP. swl 75kg

5-10

60,5 23,5 37

45 0,5 45

45

1

1

1

-5

1

48

-5

-5

-5

81,07

30

81,07

30

50 30

30

45

Ø 48

48

Ø

48

Ø

Ø

81,07

30

30

30

50

M12 105,5

136

137


TRUSS CLAMPS This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 60 to 63.5 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts. HCL6301

HCL6302

HCL6303W034

HCL63L01

HCL63L02

HCL63L03

ALI6063 swl 500 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 M12/35 swl 500 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 LIFT. EYE swl 340 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 1/2 SPIGOT swl 500 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 FORK ADJ. swl 500 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 FORK FIXED swl 500 kg

3

Ø

60

-6

3

60

Ø

-6

3

60

-6

3

45

95,5

50

3

73,5 23,5 50

50

50

60

Ø

-6

50

60

-6

0,5

Ø

60

45

Ø

Ø

163,9

ALI6063

M12

50

50 118,5

118,5

50

50

50

50

118,5

118,5

HCL6303W050

HCL6304

HCL6305

HCL516306

Truss clamp ALI6063 LIFT. EYE swl 500 kg

Truss clamp ALI6063 SWIVEL swl 500 kg

ALI6063 90° FIXED swl 500 kg

ALI6063 PARALLEL swl 500 kg

Ø

-6

Ø

60

3

3

0-6

3

3

50

Ø6

60

-6

-6

0-6

163,9

3

Ø6

50

60

50

Ø

118,5 50

118,5

50

50

Ø

3

-6

60

116,85

138

139


TRUSS CLAMPS LIC3851 identifies a clamping range of products. This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 38 to 51 mm. Lighting clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

LIC4851

This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 48 to 51 mm. These lighting clamps are all supplied with knobs.

ACL5101O

ACL5102O

ACL51L03O

ACL5101C

ACL5102C

ACL5103C

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. M12/35 swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. LIFT. EYE swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. M12/35 swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. LIFT. EYE swl 250 kg

1

1 2-5 Ø4

53

42,5

Ø4

Ø4

2-5

2-5

1

1

140,5

M12 40

40

40

32

32

140,5

38 Ø

118 53

45,5

M 12 56

M 12

136,5

136,5

-5

-5 1 38

Ø

Ø

118

118 38 -5 1

136,5

157,21

157,21

157,21

140,5

LIC3851

ACL51L04O

ACL51L05O

ACL51L06O

ACL51L10O

ACL51L04C

ALI51L05C

ACL51L10C

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 28 BUSHING swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 28 SPIGOT swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 16 SPIGOT swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 16 - 28 BUS. swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 28 BUSHING swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 28 SPIGOT swl 250 kg

Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 16 - 28 BUS. swl 250 kg

157,06

157,06

38

-5

1

51

300,5

255,5

285,5

8-

162,6 Ø3

Ø

233

51

2-

Ø4

1

2-5

Ø4

1 -5

42

263

136,5

136,5

136,5

Ø

Ø3 8-

38

51

-5

1

157,06

277 Ø

157,06

40

100

100

32

100

32

116,52

140

141


TRUSS CLAMPS

TRUSS CLAMPS

CLAMPS LINE LIC3851 identifies a clamping range of products. This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 38 to 51 mm. Lighting clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.

ACCESSORIES HCLK002

HCLK003

HCLK004

Truss clamp ADAPTER 28 SPIGOT M - M10

Truss clamp ADAPTER 16 SPIGOT M - M10

CL. 28 BUSHING

CL. 16 – 28 BUSHING

79,3

149,7

HCLK001

28

16

TV Tule Turkmenistan Photo credits: Asimetrik Ses Isik Ve Goruntu Sistemleri Ltd. Sti., Istanbul, Turkey

142


TOWERS SOLIDITY

TOWERLIFT 3 UNITOWER

LITEC offers one the most complete lines of towers; from the most compact telescopic to the most complex lifters used for High Load structures. They are entirely pre-assembled modular ground supports, which combine structural soundness with a simple elegant design. Many tested and certified products are available to meet every need.

VARITOWER 3 MAXITOWER MT40 MAXITOWER MT52 MAXITOWER MT76 ML3 5626 ML4 6527

146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160


TOWERS TOWERLIFT 3

TOWERLIFT 3 Towerlift 3 is supplied as standard with a steel cable manual winch. By using two accessories – the motor support and the extended top section – the tower can be used with a chain hoist lifter. Thus configured, the tower’s load capacity is 1000 kg.

The Towerlift 3 hoist system occurs by manual winch with steel cables. The sleeve block functions as default component also for the Unitower and Varitower models. Each side can accommodate either square truss of 29 cm or 40 cm sides, or triangular truss of 29 cm sides. A triangular truss of 40 cm may also be connected by substituting the appropriate central support plate. Maximum tower height 6.5 m Lifting system

steel cable manual winch

Base module weight (included legs, top and sleeve block)

75 kg

Vertical main truss

QX30SA

Compatible trusses

QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S

Base module height (excluding top)

154 cm

Base module dimensions (folded versions)

60 x 60 cm

Base module dimensions (operating version)

180 x 180 cm

Volume

0.6 m3

Adjustable legs

4

Maximum lifting load capacity

500 kg

TOWERLIFT 3 The top and leg adjustment mechanisms have been modified to give superb results. 56

45

40 40

180

40 251

147

167

168

Each foot may be adjusted independently and extensively for easy positioning even on sloping and irregular surfaces.

The 900 kg lifting power-clutch winch is protected inside the structure. During assembly, the wheels are never less than 100 cm from the ground. The central structure is formed by the QX30SA truss. The sleeve block will accommodate connection to truss in series QX30SA, QX40SA, QH30SA, QH40SA, TX30S. To connect with truss TX40S the central support plate must be substituted on the corresponding side/s.

180

146

147


TOWERS UNITOWER

UNITOWER Base module for towers with frame of 29 cm sided square truss. The system comes furnished with detachable foldaway stabilizers. The multistandard sleeve block has 16 gliding wheels of high density rubber. Each foot moves both in pan and tilt so adapting to all terrain. The entire system, excluding the central truss, is formed of assembled parts, without any weldings. Maximum tower height

7m

Lifting system

chain hoist

Base module weight (included legs, top and sleeve block)

75 kg

Vertical main truss

QX30SA

Compatible trusses

QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S

Base module height (excluding top)

90 cm

Base module dimensions (folded versions)

60 x 60 cm

Base module dimensions (operating version)

182 x 182 cm

Legs maximum extension

97 cm

Maximum lifting load capacity

1000 kg

UNITOWER The sleeve block allows for the securing either of manual or electric motor hoists. Unitower is the only tower where the legs

583 566

581 400 40

182

400

40 251 757

182

148

1010

can be completely detached, leaving the vertical truss free without any jutting parts.

The tower is designed to be composed of square truss QX30SA or QH30SA. The sleeve block however will take square truss of 29 or 40cm sides, or triangular truss of 29cm sides. In order to connect a triangular 40cm sided truss a substitute central support plate is needed. Every face is furnished with a series of holes for attachment of special steel spigots which allow a variety of diverse truss to be incorporated.

149


TOWERS VARITOWER 3

VARITOWER 3 It substitutes the previous model Varitower 2. It can take a 29 or 40 m vertical truss, with the best performance seen from the QH40SA twist-resistant truss. The sleeve block is of the original design developed and tested for Unitower, with the same extruded profiles and the same applications.

VT3-30

VT3-40

Maximum tower height

8 m

9m

Lifting system

chain hoist

chain hoist

Base module weight (included legs, top, and sleeve block)

140 kg

145 kg

Vertical main truss

QH30SA

QH40SA

Compatible trusses

QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S (TX40S only for VT3-40)

Base module height (excluding top)

130 cm

130 cm

Base module dimensions (folded versions)

60 x 60 cm

60 x 60 cm

Base module dimensions (operating versions)

240 x 240 cm

240 x 240 cm

Legs maximum extension

97 cm

97 cm

Maximum lifting load capacity

1800 kg

2000 kg

2010 - 2280

Base module for towers, with frame in square truss of 29 or 40 cm sides. The system is furnished with telescopic stabilizers, multistandard sleeve block with 16 gliding wheels in high density rubber, and top designed for chain feed.

VARITOWER 3 The complete system, except the central truss, is composed of assembled parts, without any weldings.

780 / VT3-30 900 / VT3-40

400 / VT3-30 510 / VT3-40

400 / VT3-30 510 / VT3-40

600

2010 2280

1000

1390

Varitower 3 can use only chain hoist systems, be they manual or electric. For either system the corresponding support

is available. The base is made entirely of aluminium, and has telescopic legs with new adjustable feet. Each leg can be moved horizontally in two directions for precise positioning. Once assembly is completed the legs may be removed entirely from the base.

400 600

150

151


TOWERS MAXITOWER 40

MAXITOWER 40 Lifter able to carry loads up to 2,000 kg. If configured appropriately, the Maxitower 40 system interfaces with all types of LITEC truss sized from 29 to 76 cm.

MT40

MT40E

Maximum tower height

12 m

9m

Lifting system

chain hoist

chain hoist

Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs)

86 kg

56 kg

Vertical main truss

QL40A / QH40SA

QL40A

Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)

FL52/FL76/QL40A/QL52A/RL76A

Base dimensions

60 x 60 cm

40 x 40 cm

Volume

0.58 m3

0.24 m3

Maximum lifting load capacity

max 2000 kg

max 2000 kg

MAXITOWER 40 Stabilizers, motor supports and other special accessories complete the range.

1835 / 2400 840

600 440

600

152

175

410

1835 / 2400

1300

1765

The MT40 lifter can take all the trusses in the QL40A and QH40SA lines. Also available in the compact-base

MT40E version, particularly useful for putting together fair stands and indoor use. The MT40 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover a maximum floor area of 2.4m x 2.4m), a main tower body that reached up to 12m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.

153


TOWERS MAXITOWER 52

The base can take QL40A and QL52A series trusses. The four foot bars are telescopic, positionable, individually adjustable and extractable.

MAXITOWER 52 For lifting where high performance is needed. This model also comes in a compact-base Maxitower 52E version suitable for indoor use.

MT52

MT52E

Maximum tower height

15 m

12 m

Lifting system

chain hoist

chain hoist

Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs) 110 kg 52 kg Vertical main truss

QL52A

Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)

QL52A

FL52 / FL76 / QL40A / QL52A / RL76A

Base dimensions

73 x 73 cm

52 x 52 cm

Volume

0.84 m3

0.29 m3

Maximum lifting load capacity

max 3000 kg

max 3000 kg

Maxitower 52 The system uses twist-resistant vertical 40 or 52 components, and comes complete with stabilization,

1985 / 2425 990 725 545

1985 / 2425

725

230

520 1300

154

1665

motor coupling, hanging and safety accessories.

The MT52 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover a maximum floor area of 2.4m x 2.4m), a main tower body that reaches up to 15m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.

155


TOWERS MAXITOWER 76

MAXITOWER 76 The lifter uses QL76A trusses. It was designed to withstand the stresses that large structures transfer to the ground in their heaviest duty use. It is intended for use together with the LIBERA FL105 system. Maximum tower height 20 m Lifting system chain hoist Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs) 165 kg Vertical main truss QL76A Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)

FL105

Base dimensions 76 x 76 cm Volume 0.58 m3

Maxitower 76

max 4000 kg

Maximum lifting load capacity

It is connected to LIBERA FL105 and RL105A through special trucks, which are available with or without

2670

762 1660

2670

762

a maximum floor area of 2.7m x 2.7m), a main tower body that reaches up to 20m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.

310

885

156

motor supports. The MT76 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover

1365

157


TOWERS ML3 5626 11

ML3 5626

ML3-5626 COMPONENTS 1

ML3-base

Mobiltech light lift for heavy applications. ML3-5626 is a mobile telescopic lift with hand winch designed for lifting loads up to 260 kg. The telescopic mechanism allows loads to be lifted up to 5,6 m. During lifting, the tower lift can stop safely at any of the PLS (Pin Locking System) positions. These pins take the load off the wire rope. The steel base provides great stability when the adjustable screw-jacks are well balanced. The bubble level on the base provides accurate leveling.

2

ML3-telescopic profile 1

5

3 ML3-telescopic profile 2 4 ML3-telescopic profile 3 5 ML3-telescopic profile 4 6

ML3-telescopic profile 5

7

ML3-long outrigger (front)

8

ML4-short outrigger (back) 4

9 ML3-outrigger holder 10 ML3-winch holder 11 ML3-fork holder

3

12 ML4-fork set 2

13 ML4-diagonal support 14 ML4-diagonal support

17

15 ML3-Noha-front diagonal outrigger

Maximum tower height 5,6 m

10

18 ML3-Adjustable stabilisator

9

1,78 m

Weight 124 kg Base dimensions

1,97 x 1,82 m

Maximum lifting load capacity

260 kg

15

16 ML3-wire d6-15000 17 HandWinch 900 COMPACT (900 kg)

Minimum tower height

12

6

14

8

7

PLS (Pin Locking System) and Handwinch AL-KO 900 kg

18

1

POSITION OF LOAD CENTRE

5 cm

20 cm

35 cm

50 cm

65 cm

70 cm

85 cm

max. F

440 kg

360 kg

300 kg

260 kg

203 kg

189 kg

157 kg

405 mm

1878 mm

1966 mm

1824 mm

Every lift is rigorously tested before shipping and is considered a safe product when operated correctly.

ML3 5626 Standard swivel castors and compartments for outrigger storage allow for easy transportation.

Lifts are available in black-blue to easily blend into most TV studio and theatre applications.

A variety of truss adapters, clamps and light bars are available to accessorize your lift.

The product complies with the following standards: DIN EN 1991 DIN EN 1993-1 DIN 18800 DIN EN 1999-1 DIN 4113 EC MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EG

158

159


TOWERS ML4 6527 11 12

ML4 6527 Mobiltech lift for multipurpose use at extra height. ML4-6527 is a mobile telescopic lift with hand winch designed for lifting loads up to 270 kg. The telescopic mechanism allows loads to be lifted up to 6.5 m height. During lifting, the tower lift stops safely at any of the PLS (Pin Locking System) positions. These pins take the load off the wire rope. The steel base provides great stability when the adjustable screw-jacks are well balanced. The bubble level on the base provides accurate leveling.

ML4-6527 COMPONENTS 1

ML4-base

2

ML4-telescopic profile 1

6

3 ML4-telescopic profile 2 4 ML4-telescopic profile 3 5 ML4-telescopic profile 4 6

ML4-telescopic profile 5

7

ML4-long outrigger (front)

8

ML4-short outrigger (back)

5

9 ML4-outrigger holder 10 ML4-winch holder 11 ML4-fork holder 12 ML4-fork set 13 ML4-diagonal support 14 ML4-diagonal support

4 3 2 16

15 ML4-wire d6-15000 16 HandWinch 900 COMPACT (900 kg) 17 ML4-Adjustable stabilisator

Maximum tower height 6,5 m

10 14

1,98 m

Minimum tower height

9

Weight 128 kg Base dimensions

1,97 x 1,82 m

Maximum lifting load capacity

270 kg

7

8

PLS (Pin Locking System) and Handwinch AL-KO 900 kg

1

POSITION OF LOAD CENTRE

5 cm

20 cm

35 cm

50 cm

65 cm

70 cm

85 cm

max. F

360 kg

310 kg

270 kg

240 kg

200 kg

190 kg

120 kg

405 mm

1878 mm

1966 mm

1824 mm

Every lift is rigorously tested before shipping and is considered a safe product when operated correctly.

17

ML4 6527 Standard swivel castors and compartments for outrigger storage allow easy transportation.

Lifts are available in black-blue to blend into TV studio and theatre applications.

A variety of truss adapters, clamps and light bars are available to accessorize your lift.

The product complies with the following standards: DIN EN 1991 DIN EN 1993-1 DIN 18800 DIN EN 1999-1 DIN 4113 EC MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EG

160

161


TOWERS

Milano Loves Fashion, Piazza Duomo, Milan, Italy Photo courtesy of Limelite s.r.l., Rome, Italy


FLYINTOWERS UP! FLYINTOWER 6-300

Complementing the Trussing products, PA Towers reflect LITEC’s constructive concepts: linear forms and modular systems. Flyintowers, like the rest of LITEC’s product line, are the result of years of experience in design and technology.

FLYINTOWER 7.5-500/9.5-600 FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 FLYINTOWER 13-2,000

166 168 170 172


FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 6-300

FLYINTOWER 6-300 Support tower for audio systems. It is an entry-level lifter for audio support based on QX30SA trusses, suitable for loads of up to 300kg. One of the main features is its compactness, which is particularly significant when dismantled. Only 0.4m3 in volume, small enough to fit entirely into a flight case. The system is provided with manual hoist. On request, the Flyintower 6-300 can be supplied with a flight case that holds all components (except the vertical trusses).

wind speed

ballast weight

SURFACE OF SUSPENDED MASS EXPOSED TO THE WIND

Weight 70 kg Vertical main truss QX30SA 300 40 x 40 x 240 cm

Base and top volume 0.4 m3 Adjustable legs 4 Maximum surface exposed to wind

2.5 m2

Maximum lifting load capacity

300 kg

1678

2400

1926

166

60°

2036

gale force 6 gale force 6 gale force 6

m2

P = 1 kN wind f. 6

P = 1,5 kN wind f. 6

P = 2 kN wind f. 6

P = 2,5 kN wind f. 6

P = 3 kN wind f. 6

0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,25 2,5

1,00 1,29 1,90 2,51 3,12 3,72 4,33 4,94 5,55 6,15 1,00

1,00 1,44 2,05 2,66 3,27 3,87 4,48 5,09 5,70 1,00 1,00

1,00 1,60 2,20 2,81 3,42 4,03 4,63 5,24 1,00 1,00 1,00

1,14 1,75 2,35 2,96 3,57 4,18 4,78 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00

1,29 1,90 2,51 3,11 3,72 4,33

FLYINTOWER 6-300

800

6000

gale force 6

SURFACE AREA EXPOSED TO WIND (M2)

Maximum tower height 6 m

Base and top module dimensions

BALLAST WEIGHT, GALE FORCE 6

gale force 6

HIGH WINDS

INSTRUCTIONS FOR OUTDOOR USE Wind speed up o 13.8 m/s (force 6) This product may only be within the following limits:

Maximum hanging load: 300 kg

Surface exposed to wind: < 2.5 m²

A ballast weight > 433 Kg must be applied to the tower

INSTRUCTIONS FOR OUTDOOR USE Wind speed between 13.8 m/s (force 6) and 20.7m/s (force 8) The tower may remain installed only if the following conditions are met:

Hanging load must be removed

A ballast weight > 250 kg must be applied to the tower

INSTRUCTIONS FOR INDOOR USE

The tower may be used with hanging loads up to 400 kg and with a ballast weight > 100 kg.

167


FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 7.5-500 / 9.5-600

TLT05

FLYINTOWER 7.5-500 & 9.5-600

QX30SA 300

QX30SA 200

Support Tower for audio systems consisting of a QX30SA structure, suitable for lifting loads of up to 600 kg to a height of 9.5 metres. To lift the loads, anchoring is provided for an electric chain hoist. Alternatively they may be lifted manually by adding a cable winch device.

TFP30 TFS30 QX30SA 300 DSPGL007609

TFB30 TFT30

Flyintower

7.5-500

9.5-600

7.5-500

9.5-600

Maximum tower height

7.5 m

9.5 m

Base

TFB / 1

TFB / 1

Weight

160 kg

225 kg

Tower truss

QX30SA 300 /1 QX30SA 200 /2 QH30SA 300 /3

Maximum surface area of loudspeakers

2.5 m2 front 2.0 m2 back

2.5 m2 front 2.0 m2 back

Base truss

QX30SA 300 / 2

QH30SA 300 / 2

Diagonals

TFP30 / 2

TFP40 / 2

Maximum wind speed

70 km/h

70 km/h

Base ends / terminals

TFT30 / 2

TFT30 / 2

Required ballast weight

170 kg

130 kg

Top

TLT05 / 1

TLT05 / 1

Maximum lifting load capacity

500 kg

600 kg

Connection system

QXFC

QXFC

FLYINTOWER 7.5-500

FLYINTOWER 9.5-600 3600

1640

2020

4530

4030

4030

1490

7217

7460

7750

9420 60째

2840

2050

9710 60째

4100

2300

4616

3880

79째

79째 3000

168

1750

9216

3500

169


FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 13-2,000

FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 Vertical audio system support tower. It consists of QL52A structures and is suitable for lifting loads of up to 2500 kg to a height of 13 metres. The electric chain hoist is fitted directly to the top truss structure. A lifting system is available for raising the tower. Maximum tower height

13 m

Vertical main truss

QL52A

Base dimensions

475 x 429 cm

Maximum lifting load capacity

2,000 kg

FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 Made mostly of elements of QL52A and FL52 series, Flyintower 13-2,000 can lift loads up to 12 m in height, quickly and easily. These features characterize the fork connection system of the whole High Load series. The Flyintower 13-2,000 has been studied so that it can be built using materials standard to the High Load series with only a few special elements added. It can be assembled quickly, and occupies little floor space. Maximum load 200 kg.

3110

4820

13090

520

170

4340

171


FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 15-2,000

7

FLYINTOWER 15-2,000

FLYINTOWER 15-2,000 COMPONENTS

Support Tower for audio systems. Designed in QL76A, this new Flyintower is suitable for 2,000 kg loads and can reach the height of 15 meters, thus ensuring sturdiness and rigidity on relevant heights. It also utilizes QH30SA trusses as stabilizing elements and is equipped with fork connections. Maximum tower height

15 m

Vertical main truss

QL76A

Base dimensions

830 x 801 cm

Maximum lifting load capacity

2,000 kg

1

Water Ballasts

2

RAC0001

6

3 QH30SA350 4 QH30SA300 5 QL76200AB 6

QL76200A

7

MTT76F

8

KHLF

5

9 KHLB 10 FL76071M2P

2

4

3

8 1

8010

1

10

7142

15658

15658

FLYINTOWER 15-2,000 In the concept of the new Flyintower are also included water ballasts, already integrated in the system. They consist of aluminium

8303

172

cages and plastic tanks to be filled with water. The new Flyintower allows you to use your own stock of QL76A trusses.

7142

173


FLYINTOWERS

Flyintowers at the Baths of Caracalla, Rome Photo courtesy of Studio Due Group s.r.l., Treviso, Italy


BALLAST SYSTEMS THE INTEGRATION SOLUTION LITEC is pleased to present the brand new water ballast series. These solutions integrate ballast inside structures through suitable connection kits or interfaces. The 4 models available come in either aluminium or steel and consist of a metal cage and a tank that can be filled with water or any other material on site. The metal cage is provided with adjustable feet to be placed on the ground or forks to link or stack cages on top of one another. These new products include a complementing range of accessories.

ALUMINIUM BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FEET

178

ALUMINIUM BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FORKS

179

STEEL BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FEET

180

STEEL BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FORKS

181


WATER BALLASTS

ALUMINIUM WATER BALLASTS

Aluminium Ballast Systems with adjustable feet

Aluminium Ballast Systems with forks

Structures are constructed out of aluminium, a light weight material which from a cost perspective remains very stable over time. The dimensions of this ballast system are 1x1x1.2 m. The tank, which can hold up to 500 litres of water, is filled at the top by hose and emptied through a bung in the bottom.

Ballast is used to provide stability to a structure. It is possible to manage modular ballast systems according to various needs. You can combine them on a base-plate to create a single anchor point or linked together at tower bases on an outdoor roof structure. Tower frames are thought to interface with QL40A, QL52A and QL76 trusses and LIBERA Alusfera through suitable connection kits. These ballasts are totally integrated in the Flyintower 15-2,000 concept.

DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS

1210

1000

1050

1000

900

1000

795

795

850

ACCESSORIES

178

850

795

795

water tank

900

ACCESSORIES

connection kit

tower connection

water tank

connection kit

tower connection

179


WATER BALLASTS

STEEL WATER BALLASTS

Steel Ballast Systems with adjustable feet

Steel Ballast Systems with forks

They are solidly built, and easy to assemble and dismantle. Staging often requires static weight to counteract forces and these systems are a very good answer. While the standard ballast for large events is water in tanks, for a small rig tanks can be filled with sand or other materials.

Ballast provide stability. Water ballast is a very simple solution to holding down marquees and staging. They can easily be stacked they can be stacked one on top of the other. The versatility of modules allows to disassemble and reinstall structures quickly not only as a square base but with several configurations, allowing to meet any specific requirement.

DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS

1210

1000

1050

1000

900

1000

795

795

850

ACCESSORIES

180

850

795

795

water tank

900

ACCESSORIES

connection kit

tower connection for steel

water tank

connection kit

tower connection for steel

181


BALLAST SYSTEMS

Alusfera 2.0 with the integration of the LITEC Ballasts Systems. Photo credits: LITEC Archive


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS EFFICIENCY & COST-EFFECTIVENESS LITEC has engineered the most suitable solutions for hanging screens in an extremely efficient, cost-effective and safe manner. LED Screen gates provide high-level truss supports for flying screens at concerts and other events in general. They consist of standard towers and trusses of the LITEC range. Here below you will find 8 standard LED screen ground supports, based on Towerlift 3, Varitower 3-30, Maxitower 40, Maxitower 52 and Maxitowers 85, but variations are available on request.

S6-H6-L1,300 S7-H7-L1,600 S8-H7-L1,800 S8-H7-L2,000 S9-H7-L2,900 S11-H9-L6,000 S13-H9-L9,000 S21-H15-L12,000

186 188 190 192 194 196 198 200


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

5985

6758

6758

S6-H6-L1,300

S6-H6 L1,300 A simple support solution for LED screens with a 6 m span and load capacity up to 1,300 kg. The ground support is made in QX40SA and in Towerlift 3. LED Screen Ground Supports S6-H6-L1,300 Span

6 m

Height

6 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

1300 kg

Towers

Towerlift 3

Main trusses

QX40SA

6802 1750

6000

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S6-H6-L1,300 6000 6802

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

186

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

187


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

7242

8020

8020

S7-H7-L1,600

S7-H7 L1,600 An easy-to assemble LED Screen Ground Support developed on a 7-metre span for screens up to 1,600 kg. LED Screen Ground Supports S7-H7-L1,600 Span

7 m

Height

7 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

1600 kg

Towers

Varitower 3-30

Main trusses

QH40SA

7401 7802

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S7-H7-L1,600 7000 7802

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

188

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

189


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

7242

8020

8020

S8-H7-L1,800

S8-H7 L1,800 This LED Screen Ground Support in RF40 trusses and Varitower 3-30 provide high-level truss supports for flying up to 1,800 kg screens in different applications. LED Screen Ground Supports S8-H7-L1,800 Span

8 m

Height

7 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

1800 kg

Towers

Varitower 3-30

Main trusses

RF40

8491 8892

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S8-H7-L1,800 8000 8892

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

190

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

191


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

7850

8760

8760

S8-H7-L2,000

S8-H7 L2,000 Free-standing mid-range LED support frame incorporating Varitower 3-40 and QL52A horizontal beams for screens up to 2,000 kg.

Span

8 m

Height

7 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

2000 kg

Towers

Varitower 3-40

Main trusses

QL52A

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S8-H7-L2,000

7000

LED Screen Ground Supports S8-H7-L2,000

8470

8000

8940

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

192

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

193


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

6874

8070

8070

S9-H7-L2,900

S9-H7 L2,900 The load bearing capacity is calculated and guaranteed for screens with a maximum load of 2,900 kg. The LED support is made in RL76A and Maxitower 40.

Span

9 m

Height

7 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

2900 kg

Towers

Maxitower 40

Main trusses

RL76A

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S9-H7-L2,900

6630

LED Screen Ground Supports S9-H7-L2,900

9470

9000

9470

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

194

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

195


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

S11-H9 L6,000

9432

11085

11085

S11-H9-L6,000

11000

7500

11750

LED Screen Ground Supports S11-H9-L6,000 Span

11 m

Height

9 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

6000 kg

Towers

Maxitower 52

Main trusses

RL105A

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S11-H9-L6,000

10410

Large format screen support frame featuring Maxitower 52 and RL105A horizontal beams for screens up to 6,000 kg.

11500

12890

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

196

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

197


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

9432

11085

11085

S13-H9-L9,000

S13-H9 L9,000

Span

13 m

Height

9 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

9000 kg

Towers

Maxitower 52

Main trusses

RL105A

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S13-H9-L9,000

13750

10410

LED Screen Ground Supports S13-H9-L9,000

2750

7500

Large format screen support frame for very high load capacity featuring Maxitower 52 and RL105A horizontal beams. The system is truly impressive.

11500 13000 14890 19000

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

198

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

199


LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS

LITEC has deigned the MyT LED screen ground support to fly very heavy screens. The load bearing capacity is 12,000 kg on a maximum height of 20 m.

Span

21 m

Height

15 m

Uniformly distributed load UDL *

12000 kg

Towers

Maxitower 85

Main trusses

MyT

21352

LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S21-H15-L12,000

8000

LED Screen Ground Supports S21-H15-L12,000

15000

S21-H15 L12,000

17036

17036

S21-H15-L12,000

20000 29000

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

200

Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.

201


“END-PLATED” TRUSSES

204 206 8X6m DOUBLE-PITCH 208 10X8m DOUBLE-PITCH 210 12X10m DOUBLE-PITCH 212 6X4m ARC

8X6m ARC

LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES

ROOF SYSTEMS

14X12m FL52 SINGLE-P. 14X12m FL52 DOUBLE-P.

SYNTHESIS

15X13m FL76 SINGLE-P.

LITEC has always been a forerunner in the search for safe and high-performance roof systems. The solutions available are numerous both for dimensions and typologies; from the smallest and lightest to the biggest thought for high load bearing capacity on wide spans. Easy to build, these structures consist almost entirely of standard components. They are equipped with self-extinguishing roofing sheets, wind bracing kits and ballast accessories.

16X12m FL52 DOUBLE-P.

16X8m ALUSFERA 1.0 17X13m FL76 SINGLE-P. 17X13m FL76 DOUBLE-P. 19X16m FL76 SINGLE-P. 19X13m FL76 DOUBLE-P. 20X16m FL105 DOUBLE-P. 21.5X11.5m ALUSFERA 2.0 22X19m LIBERA TUNNEL 24X16m FL105 DOUBLE-P. TERRACE STAND ROOFING

214 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 236 238 240

HIGH LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES 15x10m QL52A SINGLE-P. 18x13m QL52A SINGLE-P. 18x13m RL76A SINGLE-P. 21x13m RL76A SINGLE-P. 21x14m RL105A SINGLE-P. 24x14m RL105A SINGLE-P.

242 244 246 248 250 252


ROOF SYSTEMS

ARC

ARC 6X4m

6x4m Arc Roof Systems highlight the specifics of their components: the reliability and strength of end-plated trusses and the intuitive technical and constructive know-how of the custom-made parts. Easy to assemble, they use as many standard production parts as possible. Thanks to their modularity, they may be expanded depthwise to build long tunnels. They are recommended both for temporary and permanent installations. They are particularly suitable for tourist centres, public parks, squares and exhibition areas, even in town centres, given their visual impact.

The bases of arc roof systems can be fitted to ground plates. This accessory makes ballast weight positioning and staying operations easier.

6600 6020

3900 kg

Weight

410 kg

Transport volume

5,4 m3

Covered area/storage volume ratio**

4,5

Towers

4 fixed legs

Trusses for lifter

QX30SA

Trusses for roof

QX30SA

Roofing sheet

Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 590 g/sqm

The curved trusses are modular arches which may be put together into complete circles. The connection between curved truss, straight truss and towers is made using a DADO with special aluminium flanges and a few accessories.

3330

Uniformly distributed load UDL*

Arc roof 6x4m

3910

3090 kg

4495

6x4 m

Distributed Load considering wind pressure

4785

Dimensions

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

204

3508

** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases.

205


ROOF SYSTEMS

ARC

ARC 8X6m

8x6m Arc Roof Systems highlight the specifics of their components: the reliability and strength of end-plated trusses and the intuitive technical and constructive know-how of the custom-made parts. Easy to assemble, they use as many standard production parts as possible. Thanks to their modularity, they may be expanded depthwise to build long tunnels. They are recommended both for temporary and permanent installations. They are particularly suitable for tourist centres, public parks, squares and exhibition areas, even in town centres, given their visual impact.

The bases of arc roof systems can be fitted to ground plates. This accessory makes ballast weight positioning and staying operations easier.

8600 8020

2735 kg

Weight

455 kg

Transport volume

7,2 m3

Covered area/storage volume ratio**

6,7

Towers

4 fixed legs

Trusses for lifter

QX30SA

Trusses for roof

QX30SA

Roofing sheet

Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 590 g/sqm

The curved trusses are modular arches which may be put together into complete circles. The connection between curved truss, straight truss and towers is made using a DADO with special aluminium flanges and a few accessories.

5330

Uniformly distributed load UDL*

Arc roof 8x6m

4762

2076 kg

5910

8x6 m

Distributed Load considering wind pressure

5053

Dimensions

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

206

3508

** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases.

207


ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 8X6 m

DOUBLE PITCH 8x6m

The standard roofing systems use two towers, the Towerlift 3 and the Varitower 3-30. The carriage is the same on both towers and has upper posts for coupling to the roof lintel.

Double-pitch roof systems are the result of the research of high performance and safe solutions. Roofing mounted on manual lifters, these structures may be assembled without electrical-driven parts. The lifter is the well-known Towerlift 3 and the whole system can be raised up to 6 metres above the ground. They can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio and video systems.

8800 8000

6240 kg

Weight

1210 kg

Transport volume

15 m3

Covered area/storage volume ratio**

3,2

Towers

4 x Towerlift 3

Trusses for lifter

QX30SA

Trusses for roof

QX40SA+FX30S

Roofing sheet

Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm

8x6m The top angle of the roof is composed of a 40 cm DADO with forked spacers. Simple yet strong. These systems have been designed to solve the most critical problem: coupling the gable to the base structure.

6000

Uniformly distributed load UDL*

DOUBLE-PITCH ROOF

6800

4848 kg

5856

8X6 m

Distributed Load considering wind pressure

7258

Dimensions

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

208

209


ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 10X8m

DOUBLE PITCH 10X8m

The standard roofing systems use two towers, the Towerlift 3 and the Varitower 3-30. The carriage is the same on both towers and has upper posts for coupling to the roof lintel.

Double-pitch roof systems are the result of the research of high performance and safe solutions. Roofing mounted on manual lifters, these structures may be assembled without electrical-driven parts. The lifter is the well-known Towerlift 3 and the whole system can be raised up to 6 metres above the ground. They can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio and video systems.

10800 10000

4800 kg

Weight

1424 kg

Transport volume

18 m3

Covered area/storage volume ratio**

4,5

Towers

4 x Towerlift 3

Trusses for lifter

QX30SA

Trusses for roof

QX40SA+FX30S

Roofing sheet

Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm

10X8m The top angle of the roof is composed of a 40cm DADO with forked spacers. Simple yet strong. These systems have been designed to solve the most critical problem: coupling the gable to the base structure.

8000

Uniformly distributed load UDL*

DOUBLE PITCH-ROOF

8800

3552 kg

5866

10X8 m

Distributed Load considering wind pressure

7518

Dimensions

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

210

211


DOUBLE PITCH

ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 12X10m

12X10m This structure for professional use has considerable dimensions and performance. Every detail has been determined following the highest safety standards required for applications at this level. Thanks to the restraining devices adopted and materials used, this system performs excellently even in high winds. It is mounted on Varitower 3 lifters assembled for lifting with chain hoists. Double-pitch roof systems can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio or video systems.

Thanks to the restraining devices adopted and materials used, these systems perform excellently even in high winds.

1290 1210

6944 kg

Weight

2600 kg

Transport volume

24,7 m3

Covered area/storage volume ratio**

4,8

Towers

4 x Varitower 3

Trusses for lifter

QH30SA

Trusses for roof

QH30SA+FX30S

Roofing sheet

Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm

12X10m They are mounted on Varitower 3 lifters and are assembled for lifting with chain hoists. Both motor and manual hoists may be used. Double-pitch roof systems can be fitted with lateral flyouts for hanging audio or video systems.

1010

Uniformly distributed load UDL*

DOUBLE PITCH-ROOF

1090

3252 kg

7000

12x10 m

Distributed Load considering wind pressure

8900

Dimensions

* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

212

213


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA 52 14x12m single-pitch

LIBERA FL52

14x12m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.

LIBERA FL52

Towers

4 x Varitower 3-40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

5000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

3670 kg

Volume

22 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

4 hrs / 4 w

14x12m SINGLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.

9510

Main truss

LIBERA FL52

9241

from 6 to 9 m

12000

14 x 12 m

Heights range*

14000

8717

Dimensions

15610

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

214

7170

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

215


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA 52 14x12m double-pitch

LIBERA FL52

14x12m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.

LIBERA FL52

Towers

4 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

5000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

4765 kg

Volume

30 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

4 hrs / 4 w

14x12m DOUBLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.

11010

Main truss

LIBERA FL52

13166

from 7 to 11 m

12000

14 x 12 m

Heights range*

14000

12020

Dimensions

14940

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

216

11500

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

217


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 15x13m single-pitch

LIBERA FL76

15x13m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.

LIBERA FL76

Towers

4 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

5000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000-2000 kg

Total weight

4280 kg

Volume

33 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 4 w

15x13m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

9950

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

14812

from 8 to 14 m

13160

15 x 13 m

Heights range*

14980

14050

Dimensions

16687

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

7°

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

218

12558

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

219


ROOF SYSTEMS ALUSFERA FL52 16x8m

ALUSFERA FL52 16x8m Alusfera is another way of using LIBERA, again starting from standard components with the addition of a few special accessories. The horizontal roof of one configuration may become a quarter sphere in another to accommodate a whole stage, with the performance of a “real” stage, including large applied loads, large roofed areas, and very small transport volumes.

8m

Main truss

LIBERA FL52

Towers

//

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

4500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

//

Total weight

2000 kg 11 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 4 w

16x8m It is a very impressive structure that may be used purely as part of the scenery, even without roofing sheets.

610

Volume

ALUSFERA FL52

8220

16 x 8 m

Height*

16440 15400

8830

Dimensions

520

* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system.

For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

530

** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

220

8430

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

7900

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

221


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL52 16x12m double-pitch

LIBERA FL52 16x12m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.

LIBERA FL52

Towers

4 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

4500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

5075 kg

Volume

31 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

4 hrs / 4 w

16x12m DOUBLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.

11010

Main truss

LIBERA FL52

13166

from 7 to 11 m

12000

16 x 12 m

Heights range*

16000

12020

Dimensions

16940

* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

222

11500

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

223


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m single-pitch

LIBERA FL76 17x13m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.

LIBERA FL76

Towers

4 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

7500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000-2000 kg

Total weight

4520 kg

Volume

34 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 4 w

17x13m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

9950

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

14812

from 8 to 14 m

13160

17 x 13 m

Heights range*

17120

14050

Dimensions

18827

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

7°

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

224

12558

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

225


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m double-pitch

LIBERA FL76 17x13m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. For the double-pitch version normal LIBERA FL76 trusses are used with the addition of support systems and sliding guides for the roofing sheet, which are fixed to the grid. This arrangement has the advantage of having a horizontal hanging plane.

LIBERA FL76

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

12000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 - 2000 kg

Total weight

7000 kg

Volume

60 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 5 w

17x13m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

9950

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

14812

from 8 to 14 m

13160

17 x 13 m

Heights range*

17120

14050

Dimensions

18827

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

226

12558

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

227


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 19x16m single-pitch

LIBERA FL76

19x16m SINGLE- PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.

LIBERA FL76

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

10000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

7880 kg

Volume

65 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 5 w

19x16m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

12420

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

15113

from 8 to 14 m

15630

19 x 16 m

Heights range*

19260

14376

Dimensions

20967

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

7°

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

228

12558

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

229


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m double-pitch

LIBERA FL76 19x13m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. For the double-pitch version normal LIBERA FL76 trusses are used with the addition of support systems and sliding guides for the roofing sheet, which are fixed to the grid. This arrangement has the advantage of having a horizontal hanging plane.

LIBERA FL76

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

11000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

7700 kg

Volume

65 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 5 w

19x13m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

13414

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

16361

from 8 to 14 m

14688

19 x 13 m

Heights range*

17140

15015

Dimensions

18620

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

7°

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

230

14253

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

231


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA105 20x16m double-pitch

LIBERA FL105 20x16m DOUBLE-PITCH This is the largest roof system in the LIBERA range, and one of the biggest and best performing on the market. It is based on the LIBERA concept and consists of Maxitower 76 and LIBERA FL105 trusses. It is imposing and sturdy, and is – in itself – the most spectacular element of the show. The structure has excellent technical specifications and is highly modular.

LIBERA FL105

Towers

6 x Maxitower76

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

15000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

11700 kg

Volume

112 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 6 w

20x16m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

14000

Main truss

LIBERA105

18304

from 10 to 16 m

16000

20 x 16 m

Heights range*

20000

16634

Dimensions

22000

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

232

15579

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

233


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA ALUSFERA 2

LIBERA ALUSFERA 2 Alusfera is another way of using LIBERA, again starting from standard components with the addition of a few special accessories. It is a very impressive structure that may be used purely as part of the scenery, even without roofing sheets. Compared to the first version, Alusfera 2 has been designed with the addition of frontal and rear arches, a new ridge, a new solution to fix the main arches to the ground and an alternative for setting up.

21560 20030

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

Towers

//

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

6500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

//

Total weight

3700 kg

Volume

18 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 5 w

LIBERA ALUSFERA 2 These innovations limit rain exposure, make assembly operations easier and increase load capacity.

9690

11,5 m

11110

21,5X11,5 m

Height*

13380

Dimensions

* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

234

10310

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

9550

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

235


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m

LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m Not just straight: LIBERA can be “bent” and used to create rounded components simply by adding small accessories to normal trusses. With simple stratagems you can go from flat systems to arched systems and vice versa. Tunnels may be created with front or side roof ridges.

from 8 to 14 m

Main truss

LIBERA FL76

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

13000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

9700 kg

Volume

62 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

8 hrs / 8 w

LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m No other product in this sector is so versatile, and riggers who fully understand the concept are able to assemble different structures each time. Rounded systems may be built with all LIBERA FL52, FL76 and FL105 models.

13500

22x19 m

Heights range*

21400

19000

Dimensions

22600

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

236

15600

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

12800

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

237


ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA105 24x16m double-pitch

LIBERA FL105 24x16m DOUBLE-PITCH This is the largest roof system in the LIBERA range, and one of the biggest and best performing on the market. It is based on the LIBERA concept and consists of Maxitower 76 towers and LIBERA FL105 trusses. It is imposing and sturdy, and is – in itself – the most spectacular element of the show. The structure has excellent technical specifications and is highly modular.

LIBERA FL105

Towers

6 x Maxitower76

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

14000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

12800 kg

Volume

116 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 6 w

24x16m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

14000

Main truss

LIBERA105

18304

from 10 to 16 m

16000

24 x 16 m

Heights range*

24000

16634

Dimensions

26000

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.

This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

238

15579

The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.

239


ROOF SYSTEMS TERRACE STAND ROOFING

TERRACE STAND ROOFING This roof system for sports derives from the LIBERA modular concept. It uses trapezoidal flat section trusses which give the structure a streamlined look and the necessary slope for water to run off. Being completely overhanging, it does not need support pillars. The maximum overhang possible is 8 metres from the back wall, provided the stand structure is sufficiently ballasted.

2 metres long

FL7550200R HL trapez. flat truss

75/50 cm section

2 metres long

FL5035200R HL trapez. flat truss

50/35 cm section

2 metres long

FL3520200R HL trapez. flat truss

35/20 cm section

2 metres long

For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

240

LITEC only provides the roof system and connection components compatible with the most important makes of multidirectional scaffolding.

0,2 m

100/75 cm section

1m

FL10075200R HL trapez. flat truss

TERRACE STAND ROOFING 2 - 2,07 - 2,57 m

Dimensions

8 m max

241


ROOF SYSTEMS QL52A 15x10m

QL52A 15x10m High Load roof systems are particularly suitable for medium-sized covered structures. They consist in load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions.

QL52A

Towers

4 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

7000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

6700 kg

Volume

45 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

4 hrs / 5 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 10700

Main truss

QL52A 15x10m

13210

from 7 ato11 m

11740

15x10 m

Heights range*

15090

11020

Dimensions

16130

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

242

243


ROOF SYSTEMS QL52A 18x13m

QL52A 18x13m High Load roof systems are particularly suitable for medium-sized covered structures. They consist in load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions.

QL52A

Towers

6 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

13400 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

8700 kg

Volume

65 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 6 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13920

Main truss

QL52A 18x13m

13480

from 7 to 11 m

14960

18x13 m

Heights range*

18090

11020

Dimensions

19130

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

244

245


ROOF SYSTEMS RL76A 18x13m

RL76A 18x13m These roof systems are highperformance structures that feature a connection made through steel forks. This line was designed when a high loading capacity is required together with wide spans.

RL76A

Towers

6 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

17500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

8200 kg

Volume

76 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

5 hrs / 6 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13360

Main truss

RL76A 18x13m

13540

from 7 to 11 m

14400

18x13 m

Heights range*

18230

10900

Dimensions

19270

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

246

247


ROOF SYSTEMS RL76A 21x13m

RL76A 21x13m These roof systems are highperformance structures that feature a connection made through steel forks. This line was designed when a high loading capacity is required together with wide spans.

RL76A

Towers

6 x Maxitower 40

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

15500 kg ≈

Chain hoists

1000 kg

Total weight

9000 kg

Volume

88 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

6 hrs / 6 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13360

Main truss

RL76A 21x13m

13540

from 7 to 11 m

14400

21x13 m

Heights range*

21230

10900

Dimensions

22270

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

248

249


ROOF SYSTEMS RL105A 21x14m

RL105A 21x14m They are strong and sturdy roof systems totally built in RL105A trusses and Maxitowers 52. They are thought for big installations on wide spans. They feature new built-in guides for inserting roof sheets and a four-way sleeve block which is compatible with LIBERA FL105.

RL105A

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

24000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

13500 kg

Volume

160 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

8 hrs / 6 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

14480

Main truss

RL105A 21x14m

19280

from 10 to 16 m

15520

21x14 m

Heights range*

24230

16380

Dimensions

25270

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

250

251


ROOF SYSTEMS RL105A 24x14m

RL105A 24x14m They are strong and sturdy roof systems totally built in RL105A trusses and Maxitowers 52, They are thought for big installations on wide spans. They feature new built-in guides for inserting roof sheets and a four-way sleeve block which is compatible with LIBERA FL105.

RL105A

Towers

6 x Maxitower 52

Uniformly distributed load UDL **

21000 kg ≈

Chain hoists

2000 kg

Total weight

14000 kg

Volume

172 m3

Set-up time & number of workers

8 hrs / 6 w

Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.

14480

Main truss

RL105A 24x14m

19280

from 10 to 16 m

15520

24x14 m

Heights range*

24230

16380

Dimensions

25270

* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.

252

253


ROOF SYSTEMS

Charity Concert with Philharmonic Orchestra, Arboretum, Slovenia Photo courtesy of Martin Cvetko Prozvok d.o.o. Installation managed by Prozvok d.o.o., Notranje Gorice, Slovenia


CROWD BARRIERS SAFETY AND COMFORT Crowd barriers are commonly used at events calling for demarcation or prohibition of access to and from open spaces. LITEC is pleased to present its brand new crowd barriers series. They are made in aluminium, a durable and absolutely environmental friendly material. They are foldable, easy to remove, store, transport and install and disassemble. They distinguish themselves for their high quality, corrosion and aging resistance, offering a combination of optimum safety and comfort for both the audience and rescue personnel. They are connected one by one, and feature extended footboard to make the barriers more stable as well as an adjustable corner. The slope on front board avoids accidental tripping. Here below you will find the first models. Our engineering staff is designing a complete range of products that will be available soon.

STANDARD MODULE

258

ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE

260

GATE ACCESS MODULE

262

CABLE ACCESS MODULE

264


CROWD BARRIERS

ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE

STANDARD MODULE They are standard lightweight crowd control systems. They can be bolted together for one firmly anchored fence that will remain in place even in very agitated situations. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 40.3 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm. CROWD BARRIER STANDARD MODULE

CROWD BARRIER ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE

Material

Material Dimensions Weight

Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 48 kg

1250

1186

1186 1035

1250

Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 40.3 kg

Dimensions Weight

258

Apart from the standard section, the barrier can be delivered in several corner types to meet any environment requirements. It folds flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 48 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.

1035

CONNECTION KIT

CONNECTION KIT

sold separarately

sold separarately

259


CROWD BARRIERS

CABLE ACCESS MODULE

Crowd barriers are used ad hoc when audiences and spectators need to be held at a distance, but sometimes you need to have an easy access. This is the case with this variant provided with a gate. LITEC crowd barriers ensure safety, high quality and ease of use with ergonomics and easy handling. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 45 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.

Crowd barriers are used at sports events, political rallies, parades, demonstrations, and outdoor and indoor performances. This model can hold cables for a safe way of laying and protecting cables, hoses and ducts. All profiles have soft, rounded edges for maximum comfort. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 49.3 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.

CROWD BARRIER GATE ACCESS MODULE

CROWD BARRIER CABLE ACCESS MODULE

Material

Material Dimensions Weight

Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 49.3 kg

1250

1250

1186 1035

1186

Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 45 kg

Dimensions Weight

260

GATE ACCESS MODULE

1035

CONNECTION KIT

CONNECTION KIT

sold separarately

sold separarately

261


CABLECROSS SOLUTIONS FOR LAYING AND DISTRIBUTING CABLES They are designed to meet the increasing need of a safe way of laying and protecting cables, hoses and ducts. They are patented models and their continuous development has made them superior quality products. They guarantee: - Tidy laying of cables and ducts; - Separated channels. They can contain plugs and sockets; - They do not obstacle movement in public areas; - They can be easily crossed by small wheels; - They are extremely resistant to heavy vehicles crossing; - They comply with safety regulations.

CABLECROSS 25HD

264

CABLECROSS 66HD

266


CABLECROSS 25HD

3,5

24

34

17 23 17

25HD

3-channel cable duct. It is the best solution for holding electrical wiring, telephonic and data cables, hydraulic lines, in offices, yards, trade centres, markets, camping places, live events, exhibition centres, military and public areas.

CABLECROSS 25HD CODE CC25HD

34

CABLECROSS

Dimensions: 250x34x1000 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 5 Weight: 2.85 kg Lid weight: 0.40 kg

34

250

1000

Use:

pavement

Reaction to Fire:

CLASS 1 in accordance with the uni 9174 + uni 8457

It complies with the EEC 73/23 directives regarding the low voltage electrical equipment It can be crossed by heavy vehicles according to its maximum roll-on load: 170N/cm2 Excellent resistance to solvents, acids, oils and atmospheric agents Max. operating voltage: 1000v c.a. - 1500 v c.c. Insulation resistance: 29.5 GΩ Protection:

IP30xc (according to CEI EN 60529-9/92 regulations)

Surface hardness:

90-98 (shore A)

Body:

semi-rigid expanded polyurethane & auto-peeling moulded extremely resistant against cuts or incisions

Top lid material:

polycarbonate / PC (very flexible and resistant)

The lid is fixed to the base by means of a moulded tug hinge (velcro ®)

264

cablecross code

description

CC25HD CC25HDX4 CC25LHD CC25LHDX4 CCSTM CC25LOGO

CC25HD Cablecross - 3 channels 4-way cross CCH25HD corner CC25HD Cablecross lid 4-way cross CC25HD corner lid CC Strap for lid – M Size CC25HD Logo Personalization

250

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4-WAY CROSS CORNER CODE CC25HDX4 Dimensions: 250x34x250 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 1 Weight: 0.80 kg Lid weight: 0.20 kg

250

CABLECROSS 25HD 1 / Rounded angles - no steps 2 / Moulded Velcro (not glued)

3 / Ergonomic built-in handle with rounded edges.

4 / Prearrangement for ground fastening.

265


CABLECROSS 66HD

CABLECROSS

66HD

3-channel cable duct. It is the best solution for holding electrical wiring, telephonic and data cables, hydraulic lines, in offices, yards, trade centres, markets, camping places, live events, exhibition centres, military and public areas.

65

CABLECROSS 66HD CODE CC66HD Dimensions: 662x73x1000 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 2 Weight: 12.8 kg Lid weight: 1.5 kg 998

392 227

48

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Use:

pavement

Reaction to Fire:

CLASS 1 in accordance with the uni 9174 + uni 8457

It complies with the EEC 73/23 directives regarding the low voltage electrical equipment It can be crossed by heavy vehicles according to its maximum roll-on load: 170N/cm2 Excellent resistance to solvents, acids, oils and atmospheric agents Max. operating voltage: 1000v c.a. - 1500 v c.c. Insulation resistance: 29.5 GΩ Protection:

IP30xc (according to CEI EN 60529-9/92 regulations)

Surface hardness:

90-98 (shore A)

Body:

semi-rigid expanded polyurethane & auto-peeling moulded extremely resistant against cuts or incisions

Top lid material:

polycarbonate / PC (very flexible and resistant)

The lid is fixed to the base by means of a moulded tug hinge (velcro ®)

266

cablecross code

description

CC66HD CC66HDC30 CC66HDT3 CC66LHDC CC66LHDT3 CC66LHDC30 CCSTL CC66LOGO CCSTG

CC66HD Cablecross - 3 channels 30° 2-way CC66HD Corner 3-way “T” CC66HD Corner CC66HD Cablecross Lid 3-way “T” CC66HD Corner Lid 30° 2-way CC66HD Corner Lid CC Strap for Lid – “L” size CC66HD Logo Personalization Special Glue for CC Strap –1/2kg pack

662

5

54

73

72

0

30° 2-WAY CORNER CODE CC66HDC30 Dimensions: 370x73x375 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 1 Weight: 3.7 kg Lid weight: 0.40 kg

14

1

998

CABLECROSS 66HD 1 / Rounded angles - no steps 2 / Moulded Velcro (not glued)

3 / 3-way “T” CORNER

4 / Prearrangement for ground fastening.

267


CABLECROSS

Heineken Jammin’ Festival, Venice, Italy LITEC Archive.


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS INNOVATION For LITEC, clients and their needs are always top priority: clients are LITEC’s most valuable resource. LITEC assists customers at every stage, from initial concept to completion of the structure offering our knowledge, expertise and experience to embrace the most demanding challenges. In the next pages you will find some special projects we have been involved with in the last months. LITEC invents new ways of accomplishing tasks, making them not just possible, but simple and secure too. LITEC is about style, about being ahead of the curve, about solutions.

PANORAMIC WHEEL

272

RINGS

273

BUS AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE

274

SWIVELLING PLATFORM

275

EQUIPPED GYM CENTRE

276

RHOMBUS CEILING

277

FLYING BOARD

278

SPRINGBOARDS

279

ZEBRA TRUSSES

280

“THE HIGHEST STAGE IN THE WORLD”

283


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

ruota panoramica Riproduzione della ruota panoramica di Londra, impiegata in una manifestazione sportiva di rilevanza mondiale. La struttura è formata da un corpo principale in tralicci, da raggi, dal mozzo centrale della ruota e da elementi decorativi che richiamano la geometria delle cabine dell’opera vera.

panoramic wheel Reproduction of the panoramic wheel of London, which was shown during a world sports event. The structure is formed of a main body in trusses, many radii, the central hub of the wheel and several decorative elements which reflect the shape of the original cabins.

272

rings Technical characteristics arches made with special curved triangular-section trusses material in aluminium alloy EN AW-6082 T6 15-metre diameter

Construction of some rings made in different types and dimensions, designed for a world sports event. These structures are quite different from standard circles and their applications.

Technical characteristics modules made with various aluminium profiles welded together nut and bolt connection all the components assembled together while being installed

273


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

274

bus and support structure

swivelling platform

Realization of the frame and support structure of an aluminium bus for “Priscilla, Queen of the Desert�. The Musical is produced by MAS, Music, Art & Show, and other producers such as the actress Bette Midler, Allan Scott and James L. Nederlander. The work was commissioned by Teyco srl.

This is an example of swiveling platforms made with the collaboration of Teyco srl. The aluminium platform is meant for circular and rotating stages with modular diameters. It allows the rotation through a motorizing system which was conveniently designed. It consists of two parts; the lower part is static and the upper one is swivelling. The modular structure is completely dismountable for a total transport volume of 27m3.

Technical characteristics the whole bus made in aluminium alloy EN AW-6082 T6 frames of various types and sizes

Technical characteristics external diameter: 10m height without stage deck: 25cm compatible with Stage-deck: 1.04 m x 2.07m extruded tubes: EN AW-6082 T6 structure self-weight: 1200 kg load capacity: 4000 kg

275


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

equipped gym centre An equipped gym centre to all intents and purposes meant for multiple motoric activities in Northern America. It is a mixed configuration of standard LIBERA FL52 trusses and Varitowers 2-40, with the overall dimensions 8.5m x 9.5m x 6m(h), mostly redesigned to meet the very stringent requests of the Canadian customer JungleSport.

276

rhombus ceiling It stands out for the most optimal compromise of storage of all the components in a minimum transport volume inside a van quick assembly and disassembly done by two persons in just two hours the finished structure responding to the functional characteristics required the highest safety standards met seen the didactic use of the structure

The system was manufactured for the Resistance Tour of the Muse. It consists of a grid with a rhombusshaped ceiling, instead of a square type, made of customized LIBERA FL52 trusses with flat forks. The stage was designed by Oli Metcalfe and Es Devlin with the technical production of Malcolm Birkett and Chris Vaughan of The Production Office.

Technical characteristics 15m x 15m grid rhombus shape connections conveniently designed

277


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

fflying board Construction of a cage, an essential part of a flying board meant for an amusement park. This structure can be considered bespoke for its high quality levels; it was made to withstand dynamic stress. This project was possible thanks to the collaboration of the company Dynamic Motion Systems.

278

springboards Technical characteristics realization of customized trusses of the QL40A series and special connection profiles high rigidity of the whole system

Supply of two special springboards for the events “Flugtag” and “Cliff Diving” of Red Bull. In the first sports event a cantilever structure was made in LIBERA FL76 trusses hooked with steel cables and laid on scaffolding walls. In the second the trusses QL52A and QX40S were used to build up a 26-metre high trampoline. The incredible platform, which was mounted on a house balcony, is made of a 5-metre long cantilever structure for diving. The modular structure was easily hand carried for 200 metres.

Technical characteristics cantilever structures rigidity of the two systems versatility of all the components

279


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

zebra trusses Realization of special trusses for the Lion King Musical, with the collaboration of Peter Lambert Production Services Ltd. The project required the reinterpretation and readaptation of the original American drawings specifically thought for the British production. We supplied 6 different truss lines with very strict specifications and shapes for hanging Led walls and lights.

280

“the highest stage in the world” Technical characteristics 6 different lines of trusses, similar to the classic pre-rig trusses, with a 4.5-metre module each composition of six 14-metre long spans, different from one another bespoke trusses made with tubular aluminium profiles

Design of a prism-shaped stage with a triangular base made in MyT, QL85A, QD30SA and QX30S trusses for Vasco Rossi’s Live Kom Tour. It was not a conventional roof system, but a “naked” structure in order to amaze people for its shape and volume. Audacious technical solutions in height were adopted to create great visual impact.

Technical characteristics 3 Towers, each of which consists of 4 squaresection columns linked to one another, which rise up to 42m the trusses that join the towers are set up on 3 levels and are linked with steel sleeve blocks at the top of the towers several elements are fixed merely for scenic purposes like cranes of a building site, bringing the global height to 54 metres from the ground, the highest height ever reached

281


BESPOKE SOLUTIONS

Live event Photo courtesy of Mister X Service | Event services Cremona, Italy


CHAIN HOISTS SAFETY LITEC proposes a broad range of Rigging products, which follows the highest standards of quality and safety to complement the company’s range of aluminum trusses. LITEC offers two lines of electric chain hoists, i.e. EXE-Rise and LITEC Chain Hoists. They are both purpose-designed for theatre and entertainment sector applications. Light and compact, they distinguish themselves for their silence while working, reliability and high performances. LITEC also guarantees a qualified assistance and maintenance service including a system of scheduled maintenance and repair, carried out exclusively by trained, authorized technicians using original parts.

EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS D8 320 kg D8 620 kg D8 1120 kg D8 2000 kg D8+ 160 kg D8+ 310 kg D8+ 560 kg D8+ 1000 kg

288 290 292 294 296 298 300 302

LITEC HOISTS D8 250 kg D8 500 kg D8 1000 kg D8 2000 kg D8 2500 kg D8+ 500 kg D8+ 1000 kg

308 309 310 311 312 313 314


EXE RISE CHAIN HOISTS SAFE, PRECISE, MADE IN ITALY The new EXE-RISE complies with BGV-D8 and igvw SQ P2 codes of practice. It is a 100% Made in Italy electric chain hoist. Each single component of the main body is manufactured in Italy. Steel chain comes from Germany and complies with the strictest DIN regulations in force about hoisting and lifting in the entertainment industry. The two braking systems (which are really independent as they are powered by two additional independent cables) are positioned on the motor shaft. This gives the chance to place the clutch system outside the load path. The DC brakes give a real instant response to electrical impulses thanks to an ad-hoc revolutionary component. That’s why the EXE RISE hoist is really safe. The 5-pocket load wheel, helical gears with oil lubrication and the round chain guide make the EXE RISE series one of the most silent of the market. DC EXE-Rise can easily be converted into LVC chain hoists. EXE RISE is available in the BGV D8 320 kg, 620 kg, 1120 kg and 2000 kg versions; and in the BGV D8+ 160kg, 310 kg, 560 kg and 1000 kg models.

286


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS 2

D8 320 kg 4

6 8

D8 320 kg

1

14

D8 320 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain size: 4x12

10

12

Chain safety factor: 1:5

15

Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

15

D8 320 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS

HOIST EXPLODED VIEW

Chain bag size: XS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

D8 320 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Chain size: 4x12 Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m Chain safety factor: 1:5 Grade of steel: 80 128

7

Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m

Colour: Black

Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

D8 320 kg / KEY FEATURES

13

5

Max chain length: 32 m

End cover Brake Gear housing flange Gear housing Reduction gear Main body from reduction gear side Chain swivel hook Chain bag bracket Chain guide Guide plate

11 12 13 14 15

Main body from motor side Rotor assembly Motor housing End cover Screws

NEW FEATURES

Model: D8 Load capacity: 320 kg Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min 134

182

152

Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train

339

Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8 320 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 1

Body weight: 15 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 1.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg

288

11

3

The 320 kg model is compact and strong and represents the perfect lifting solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. It is the ideal product for those who have Line Array compact systems which overcome a self-weight of 250 kg (which is the usual loading capacity compact hoist in the entertainment industry) and are not suitable for the usual compact hoists on the market.

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 2.51 A – Y 1.45 A

9

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

289


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS D8 620 kg 2

3 4

6

9

1

12 13 18

17

D8 620 kg

D8 620 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

EXE RISE 620 kg represents a worldwide innovation. It deals with a functional step between the compact version and the 1-ton series. The best solution for exhibition and theatre installations. It may be equipped with limit switches.

Chain weight: 0.54 kg/m

HOIST EXPLODED VIEW

Chain bag size: MD

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Load cell 44

14

10

D8 620 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS

Encoder Geared limit switches

End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook

16 15

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

19

Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws

178 188

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz) 187

11

Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

D8 620 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH

D8 620 kg / KEY FEATURES

NEW FEATURES

125 83

Model: D8 Load capacity: 620 kg 208

235 443

125 265 257

Load wheel: 7 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8 620 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 0.8 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 1

Body weight: 31 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 1.3 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg

290

8

Grade of steel: 80

Colour: Black

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.92 A – Y 2.26 A

7

Chain safety factor: 1:5

Max chain length: 40 m

Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min

5

Chain size: 5x15

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

291


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS D8 1120 kg 2

3 4

6

9

1

12 13 18

17

D8 1120 kg EXE RISE 1120 is the natural further step of the series. The main body is ready to be adapted to limit switch devices and digital components. EXE RISE 1120 can be supplied on request with a simple solution to get a double-reeve hoist (and double loading capacity device).

D8 1120 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m

HOIST EXPLODED VIEW

Chain bag size: LG

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

215

162

Colour: Black

44

Geared limit switches

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 4.61 A – Y 2.66 A

153

100

187

178 188

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

208

235 443

Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook

16 15

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

19

Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws

NEW FEATURES 125 265 275

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8 1120 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 1

Body weight: 40 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg

292

14

10

D8 1120 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS

Load cell

Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min

11

Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

Encoder

Load capacity: 1120 kg

8

Grade of steel: 80

D8 1120 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH

Model: D8

7

Chain safety factor: 1:5

Max chain length: 40 m

D8 1120 kg / KEY FEATURES

5

Chain size: 7x22

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

293


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS D8 2000 kg 2

3 4

6

9

1

12 13 18

17

D8 2000 kg EXE RISE 2000 kg is the only version of the BGV D8 line to be supplied with a standard secondary safety system. It represents the perfect solution for High Load structures and Outdoor events systems. The main body is ready to be adapted to limit switch devices and digital components.

D8 2000 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m

HOIST EXPLODED VIEW

Chain bag size: XL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

305

252

Load cell 44

Geared limit switches Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook

16 15

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

19

Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws

178 188

187

14

10

D8 2000 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS

Encoder

Model: D8 208

NEW FEATURES

100

153

D8 2000 kg / KEY FEATURES

235 443

153 265 275

Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8 2000 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.5 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 2

DC brake system: 1

Body weight: 46 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 5.0 kg

294

11

Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

D8 2000 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 8.36 A – Y 4.82 A

8

Grade of steel: 80

Colour: Black

Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min

7

Chain safety factor: 1:5

Max chain length: 36 m

Load capacity: 2000 kg

5

Chain size: 7x22

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

295


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS

2 1

4

D8+ 160 kg 5 6

3

7

8

D8+ 160 kg

9

This chain hoist model is compact and strong, and represents the perfect lifting solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. Safe and reliable, it is equipped with double brake unit and can be customisable with Encoder, Load Cell and Geared Limit Switches.

D8+ 160 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

3

5

Chain size: 4x12 Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m

1

Chain safety factor: 1:8

2

Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

4

D8+ 160 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: XS Max chain length: 32 m Colour: Black

D8+ 160 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder Load cell Geared limit switches 128

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

D8+ 160 kg / KEY FEATURES Load capacity: 160 kg 134

203

157

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 AC: Δ 2.77 A – Y 1.60 A 360

Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws

7

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8+ 160 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 2

Body weight: 17 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 1.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg

296

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6

NEW FEATURES

Model: D8+ Lifting speed: @ 50Hz: 4m/min

DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

297


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS

2 1

4

D8+ 310 kg 5 6

3

D8+ 310 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 310kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.

7

8 9

D8+ 310 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

3

5

Chain size: 5x15 Chain weight: 0.54 kg/m

1

Chain safety factor: 1:8

2

Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

4

D8+ 310 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: MD Max chain length: 40 m 145 186

Colour: Black

D8+ 310 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44

Load cell Geared limit switches

187

178 188

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

Model: D8+ Load capacity: 310 kg Lifting speed: @ 50Hz: 4m/min 3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.29 A – Y 1.90 A

258

235 493

Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws

7

265

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8+ 310 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 0.8 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 2

Body weight: 31 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 1.3 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg

298

125 275

Load wheel: 7 pockets

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6

NEW FEATURES

83

125

D8+ 310 kg / KEY FEATURES

DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

299


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS

2 1

4

D8+ 560 kg 5 6

3

D8+ 560 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 560kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.

7

8 9

D8+ 560 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

3

5

Chain size: 7x22 Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m

1

Chain safety factor: 1:8

2

Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

4

D8+ 560 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: LG Colour: Black

215

162

Max chain length: 40 m

D8+ 560 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44

Load cell Geared limit switches

153

D8+ 560 kg / KEY FEATURES Model: D8+ Load capacity: 560 kg Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min 3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.57 A – Y 2.06 A

258

100

178 188

187

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

235 493

Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws

6 7

NEW FEATURES 125 265 275

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8+ 560 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 1

DC brake system: 2

Body weight: 42 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg

300

DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

301


CHAIN HOIST

CHAIN HOISTS

2 1

4

D8+ 1000 kg 5 6

3

D8+ 1000 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 1000kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.

7

8 9

D8+ 1000 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

3

5

Chain size: 7x22 Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m

1

Chain safety factor: 1:8

2

Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated

4

D8+ 1000 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: XL

305

252

Max chain length: 36 m Colour: Black

D8+ 1000 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44

Load cell

153

D8+ 1000 kg kg / KEY FEATURES

100

187

178 188

Geared limit switches

Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min

258,4

235 493

Load wheel: 5 pockets

7

265

The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association).

Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing

The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.

D8+ 1000 kg kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct

Connection cable: L = 1 m

Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz

Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G

Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.5 kW

Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load

Revolution per minute: 1400

Falls of chain: 2

DC brake system: 2

Body weight: 42 kg

Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050

Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg

FEM class: 1Am

Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg

302

Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws

153 275

3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 4.58 A – Y 2.64 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

6

NEW FEATURES

Model: D8+ Load capacity: 1000 kg

Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)

DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW

The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.

303


EXE RISE CHAIN HOISTS

CHAIN HOIST

EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS XRP032D8 XRP032D8-C XRP032DB XRP062D8 XRP062D8-D XRP062DB XRP112D8 XRP112D8-A XRP112DB XRP112DB-B XRP200D8 XRP200D8-A

D8 Models “EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/single brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/single brake - LVC (without limit switch)

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/single brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 2000 kg double falls/single brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m

4 meters/min.

XRP200DB

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 2000 kg double falls/double brake

4 meters/min.

EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS XRP016D8+ XRP031D8+ XRP056D8+

D8+ Models “EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 160 KG. single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 310 KG. single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 560 KG. single fall/double brake

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake - LVC

XRP056D8+C XRP100D8+

+ 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m

4 meters/min.

“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1000 KG. double falls/double brake

4 meters/min.

CHAIN - 1 meter

XRC032-01M XRC062-01M XRC112-01M XRC200-01M

1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 4x12mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 320/D8 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 5x15mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 620/D8 or 310/D8+ 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 7x22mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 1120/D8 or 560/D8+ 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 7x22mm “double falls” FOR CHAIN HOIST 2000/D8 or 1000/D8+ CHAIN BAGS

LHBKXS LHBKS LHBKM LHBKL LHBKX

“XS” BAG KIT “S” BAG KIT “M” BAG KIT “L” BAG KIT “XL” BAG KIT RAIN COVER

CHHLBK

RAIN COVER FOR 620, 1120, 2000 kg chain hoists

Swan Lake Reloaded, Sweden. Photo credits: SWL, Germany


LITEC HOISTS SAFETY WITHOUT COMPROMISE These chain hoists are purpose-designed for theatre and entertainment sector applications. Light and compact, they distinguish themselves for their silence while working and their reliability. For functional reasons, the slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system and integrated into the rotor shaft. It protects the hoist from overload and takes on the function of an emergency end stop for the highest and lowest hook positions. The hook suspension is standard. The chain hoists are equipped with fast stop contactor, the D8+ hoists are also furnished with double brake, and feature upright and inverted use. They are in IP65 class protection (dust tight and protected against water jets). These hoists are based on BGV D8/GUV-V D8 “Winches, lifting and pulling devices “for use as a chain hoist for lifting loads in construction”. They comply with the following regulations: DIN EN 14492-2 - DIN 15400 (load hook) - FEM calculation regulations for series lifting equipment (chain drive, motor, full load-life span) - ISO 4301:1:D (M3) = 400 h LITEC Hoists are available in the following BGV D8 versions: 250kg, 500kg, 1000kg, 2000kg and 2500kg loading capacity, and in the following BGV D8+ versions: 500kg and 1000kg loading capacity.


LITEC HOISTS

LITEC HOISTS

D8 250 kg D8 500 kg

The smallest chain hoist of the series is suitable for permanent installations and exhibitions sector applications. The 6-pocket load wheel allows the motor to run in a smooth way.

Light and compact, this chain hoist weighs only 20kg. It is ideal for theatre and exhibition applications. It is furnished with an external chain wheel as an additional protection in order to avoid motor damage in case of twisting of chain.

It is equipped with fast stop contactor and features upright and inverted use. It is in IP65 class protection (dust tight and protected against water jets).

248

248

309

309 45

45 81

,5

103

10

25

25

,5

103

10

81

93

7

51

52

19

164

,7

459

49

356

41

188

60 164

4

7 7,

405

19

187

93

41

342,25

60

36

24

24

83

83

36

28

28

48x48

48x48

D8 250 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

D8 500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Motor power: 0.18 kW

Wearing plate

Motor power: 0.36 kW

Wearing plate

Lifting capacity: 250kg

Two soft handles

Lifting capacity: 500kg

Two soft handles

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm e CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Classification: ISO4301-1: 3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 19 kg

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 20 kg

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=246 B=309 C=164

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=246 B=309 C=164

308

309


LITEC HOISTS

LITEC HOISTS CHAIN

D8 2000 kg

D8 1000 kg

It represents the perfect solution for High Load structures and outdoor events systems. The 5-pocket load wheel is made in hardened steel GGG60 and allows a smooth and silent run. Many options are available to comply with the most stringent standards: double brakes, standard and maximum limit switches, load sensors, brake monitoring and position encoders. Double brake may be controlled independently.

It is ideal for the setting up of events (concerts, shows, conferences, meetings, exhibitions, presentations, demonstrations, film and TV applications). Maximum safety is always guaranteed. The slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system, and its wear has no consequences on load integrity.

369

120

64

91

20

96

43 20

73

125

43

230

50

40

32

116

83

56

53

53

91,16

667

266

520

126

214

594

16

93 5

105 62

,5

84,5

71

251

35

16

389

347

55

147

323

29

38 80x80

72x72

D8 1000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

D8 2000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Motor power: 0.73 kW

Wearing plate

Motor power: 1.53 kW

Wearing plate

Lifting capacity: 1000kg

Two hard handles

Lifting capacity: 2000kg

Two hard handles

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 45 kg

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 65 kg

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=321 B=367 C=214

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230

310

311


LITEC HOISTS

LITEC HOISTS CHAIN

D8+ 500 kg

D8 2500 kg

D8+ or D8PLUS is a safety condition a chain hoist must achieve so that it can hold a load suspended over people´s heads. Attainment of this condition depends on certain mechanical and safety requirements, such as the use of two distinct braking units; achievement of a mechanical safety coefficient of 10:1; automatic motor stoppage in the event of overloading. The chain thus obtained has a double safety level in respect with the D8 1000 kg model.

It is ideal for lifting High Load structures. Easy maintenance is guaranteed during the whole life cycle. The slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system and integrated into the rotor shaft. In case of problems with the clutch, the load is not compromised, as many standards require.

347

323

369

465 55

16

187

91

62 17

,55

102

43 50

40

32

124

82

56

53

520

460

19

71

53

251

230

84,5

580

105

126 73

667

266

93

214

43

35

120

147

96

91

,1

6

20

55

29

38

72x72

80x80

D8 2500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

D8+ 500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Motor power: 1.55 kW

Wearing plate

Motor power: 0.73 kW

Wearing plate

Lifting capacity: 2500kg

Two hard handles

Lifting capacity: 500kg

Two hard handles

Lifting speed: 3.2 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Classification: ISO4301-1: M6 (FEM: 3m; duty: 50%, 300s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 65 kg

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 45 kg

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=321 B=367 C=214

312

313


LITEC HOISTS

CHAIN HOISTS

LITEC HOISTS

D8+ 1000 kg

Code

The LITEC Hoists series is also available in the BGV D8+ 1000kg version. This chain hoist has a double safety level with respect with the standard D8 version and has the possibility of some optional devices like load sensors and position encoders.

347

147

LCH 1000 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.

LT LH200D8-

LCH 2000 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.

LT LH250D8-

LCH 2500 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min. LCH 500 kg single raise/double brake - D8+ - 4 meters/min.

43

83

50

38

LCH 1000 kg single raise/double brake - D8+ - 4 meters/min.

CHAIN

Code

Description

LT LHC025-01M

1m BLACK CHAIN 250kg 4x12,3 mm

LT LHC050-01M

1m BLACK CHAIN 500kg 5x15,3 mm

LT LHC100-01M

1m BLACK CHAIN 1000kg 7x22 mm

LT LHC200-01M

1m BLACK CHAIN 2-2,5t 10x28 mm

230

19

53

73

CHAIN BAG

Code

Description

LT LHBKXS 667

93

LCH 500 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.

LT LH100D8-

LT LH100D8+

96

,16

520

266

91

LCH 250 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.

LT LH050D8+

485

192

LT LH050D8-

126

20

Description

LT LH025D8-

BAG KIT “XS”

LT LHBKS

BAG KIT “S”

LT LHBKM

BAG KIT “M”

LT LHBKL

BAG KIT “L”

LT LHBKX

BAG KIT “XL”

FLIGHT CASE

Code

Description

LT LHFC-01

FLIGHT CASE for 2 LH025/050 D8

LT LHFC-02

FLIGHT CASE for 1 LH100/250 D8

RAIN COVER

Code

Description

LT LHCOVER-01

RAIN COVER BLACK LH025/050

LT LHCOVER-02

RAIN COVER BLACK LH100

LT LHCOVER-03

RAIN COVER BLACK LH200/250

80x80

D8+ 1000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Protection class: IP55

Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz

Black swivel hook suspension

Motor power: 0.77 kW

Wearing plate

Lifting capacity: 1000kg

Two hard handles

Lifting speed: 4 m/min

Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H

Classification: ISO4301-1: M5 (FEM: 2m; duty: 40%, 240s/h)

Chain box and bracket with carabiner

Casing and cover black

Fast stop contact relay

Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop

Weight: 65 kg

Slip clutch before brake

Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230

314

315


CONTROLLERS COMFORTABLE, QUICK AND SAFE LITEC has developed a comprehensive range of compact but rugged chain-hoist motor controllers, thought to meet all peculiar and specific needs of the entertainment sector. They are comfortable, quick and easy to use and, above all, safe. LITEC is proud to offer two lines of products, i.e. the brand new EXE Drivers and the existing LITEC Drivers. All our products are designed to survive the rough and tumble of event staging. The motor controllers will have differing features and complexity depending on the task that the motor will be performing. Motor controllers can be manually, remotely or automatically operated.

316

EXE DRIVERS LITEC DRIVERS

319 327


EXE DRIVERS INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS LITEC is pleased to present its brand new range of controllers. The range features 4 and 8- Channel Base controllers in 3 and 5-rack-unit chassis, 4 and 8- Channel Digital Link controllers both in 5-rack-unit chassis and their complementing accessories. They are furnished with a mobile plug with mechanical phase inverter to manage any 3-phase direct/inverse sequence supply (the DL4 and DL8 models are also furnished with phase LED light). They are compatible with LITEC and EXE Rise chain hoists, and with most chain hoists present on the market from 0.19kW to 1.6kW. They conform to - Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC - Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and are in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 60065, EN 60950, EN 60204-1, EN 13850, EN 12100-2.

318

319


CONTROLLERS

CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS

DB4

Dimensions: 3U box 260mm depth Temperature range: 0°up to +45°

4-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER 3 RACK UNITS

Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level MCB 16A & RCD Breaker (30mA)

DB4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Neon light indicating presence of line tension

Power Supply: 1 CEE Mobile plug 230/400VAC 16A 3P+N +E 6H with mechanical phase inverter

Emergency Stop mushroom button

Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets

4 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN)

Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4

Protection General Contactor

Weight: 12kg

Front panel: 3 rack units

0 0

MOTOR RGE 4 0

EME

MOTOR MOTOR 4 3

0 0

EME

MOTOR MOTOR 3 2

0 0

GO L1 L2 L3

L1 L2 L3

MOTOR 1

RGE

MOTOR MOTOR 1 2

MOTOR MOTOR 2 3

MOTOR MOTOR 3 4

DL4 4-CHANNEL MULTILINK CONTROLLER 5 RACK UNITS

4 x direction contactor reversal

Protection General Contactor PHASE ROTATION INDICATION Emergency Stop mushroom button

MOTOR 4

Type: Power: S/N:

Type: Power: S/N:

FUSE T6.3A

GO button (requires operator to be present)

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter

FUSE T6.3A

DB4 DB4

CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

BACK VIEW

CAUTION

!

4 x green LED lights indicating channel UP preselection 4 x white LED lights indicating channel DOWN preselection

Weight: 21kg

XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket

Dimensions: 5U box 300 mm depth

XLR 5-pole IN Link + REMOTE panel socket

Temperature range: 0° up to 45°

2x XLR 4-pole for loadcell/limitswitch estop

Humidity: Max 70%

Front panel: 5 rack units

Altitude: Up to 2500 m above sea level

To supply with the unit also a 1 meters length link cable XLR 5-pole male/female

FRONT VIEW

!

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

4 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN)

Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets

RCD 30 mA 40A on input

GO

FRONT VIEW

4 MCB breaker 10A for each hoist channel – link functions between MCB

DL4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GO button (requires operator to be present)

CY N

MOTOR MOTOR 2 1

CY N

MOTOR 1 0 MAIN

MAIN

DL4

1

SIDE VIEW

Power

Power

Status

Status

E-stop

3

2

14

2

3

BACK VIEW CAUTION

4

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

!

MOTOR 1

E-stop

MOTOR MOTOR 1 2

MOTOR MOTOR 2 3

MOTOR MOTOR 3 4

Type: Power: S/N:

0

0

0

0

0

0

MOTOR MOTOR 1 2

MOTOR MOTOR 2 3

MOTOR MOTOR 3 4

MAIN

MOTOR 4

EME

EME

MOTOR 5-8

8-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER DB8 DB8 5 RACK UNITS GO

L1 L2 L3

GO

EME

EME

0

GO

Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets L1 L2 L3

CY N

CY N

0

MOTOR MOTOR 6 7

MOTOR MOTOR 7 8

L1 L2 L3

Type: Power: S/N:

GO

DB4 DB4 Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4 L1 L2 L3

MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1

MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2

FUSE T6.3A

MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3

Neon light indicating presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button

Type: Power: S/N:

MOTOR 4

FUSE T6.3A

Type: Power: S/N:

Weight: 17kg

Protection General Contactor

Dimensions: 5U box 260mm depth

Front panel: 5 rack units

!

CAUTION

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DL8

1 Power

Power

Status

Status

E-stop

MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2

MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3

L1 L2 L3

!

EME

RGE

GO

L1 L2 L3

DB8

CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

!

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

MOTOR 7 MOTOR 6

MOTOR MAIN 1-2

MOTOR MOTOR53--64

MOTOR MOTOR75--86

L1 L2 L3

Type: Power: S/N:

MOTOR 8 MOTOR 7

MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A

MOTOR MOTOR 1 2

MOTOR MOTOR 2 3

MOTOR MOTOR 3 4

MOTOR C A U T I O N4 DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

!

RGE

MOTOR 7-8

DL8

RGE

GO

3

2

4 1

2

3

MOTOR 5

MOTOR MOTOR 5 6

MOTOR MOTOR 6 7

PHASE ROTATION INDICATION

MOTOR MOTOR 7 8

MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A

FUSE T6.3A

8 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 8 x green LED lights indicating channel UP preselection 8 x white LED lights indicating channel DOWN preselection CAUTION

!

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

RGE

MOTOR 4

MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1

MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2

MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3

RGE

Type: Power: S/N:

MOTOR 4

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

GO

Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level

DL4

L1 L2 L3

GO

!

Type: Power: S/N:

LINK/REMOTE

LIMIT STOP

LINK/REMOTE

XLR 5-pole IN Link + REMOTE panel socket 2x XLR 4-pole for loadcell/limitswitch estop

FUSE T6.3A

Front panel: 5 rack units To supply with the unit also a 1 meters length link cable XLR 5-pole male/female

DL4

RCD 40A 30mA in input

CAUTION

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

LIMIT STOP

FUSE T6.3A

Humidity: Max 70%

LINK/REMOTE

Emergency Stop mushroom button

XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

LINK/REMOTE LIMIT STOP

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

4

E-stop

MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2

Type: Power: S/N:

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

LIMIT STOP

8 x direction contactor reversal

MOTOR 1

MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1

!

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

GO button (requires operator to be present)

DL8

Status

MOTOR 1 MAIN

CAUTION

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

Type: Power: S/N:

Protection General Contactor

Power

GO

DB8

FRONT VIEW 1 Power

FRONT VIEW

MOTOR MOTOR31--42

Temperature range: 0° up to 45° L1 L2 L3

CY N

EME

Type: Power: S/N:

FUSE T6.3A

L1 L2 L3

E-stop

MAIN

MOTOR 6 MOTOR 5

8

E-stop

Dimensions: 5U box 300mm depth

0

MOTOR 5

7

CY N

RGE

CY N

MOTOR 5-8

4 MCB breaker 10A for each “two hoist” channel – link functions between MCB MOTOR 1

6

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter

MOTOR 4

CAUTION

MOTOR 5-8 MAIN MOTOR 1-4

58

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

1

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

MOTOR 1-4

47

Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

MAIN

36

CY N

0

MOTOR 8

MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1

25

14

DL8/ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Weight: 25kg MOTOR 1

3

!

Status

MOTOR 4 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 5 MOTOR 6 MOTOR 7 MOTOR 8 MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 4 MOTOR 5 MOTOR 6 MOTOR 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2

GO

Power

MOTOR 1

DL4

DL8 8-CHANNEL MULTILINK CONTROLLER 5 RACK UNITS MAIN

FUSE T6.3A

8 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN) CAUTION

DL4

FUSE T6.3A

GO button (requires operator to be present) DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

L1 L2 L3

MOTOR 8

Humidity: Max 70%

MOTOR 1

FUSE T6.3A

GO

CY N

RGE

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter MAIN

MOTOR MOTOR 5 6

GO

CY N

E RGMOTOR 4

MOTOR 4

!

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

RCD 40A + 2 X MCB 16A with link functions between MCB and General contactor

DB8 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 4 MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 0 0 MAIN 0 0 0 0

MOTOR MOTOR43

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level

L1 L2 L3

MOTOR 1

Temperature range: 0°up to +45° MOTOR 5

CAUTION

!

Type: Power: S/N:

RGE

CY N

MOTOR 51--84 MOTOR

CY N

DB8

MOTOR 1MAIN -4

MOTOR MOTOR32

FUSE T6.3A CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

MAIN

MOTOR MOTOR21

LINK/REMOTE

RGE

0

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

RGE

MOTOR MAIN 1

EME

MOTOR 1

EME

MOTOR 8

0

EME

0

0

EME

0

EME

0

0

0

EME

0

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

LINK/REMOTE LIMIT STOP

CY N

MOTOR 4 3 MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR 2 1 MOTOR MOTOR 3 2 MOTOR MOTOR 5 4 MOTOR MOTOR 6 5 MOTOR MOTOR 7 6 MOTOR MOTOR 8 7

0

CY N

MOTOR 1

RGE

!

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

Type: Power: S/N:

MOTOR 4

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

LIMIT STOP

CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

BACK VIEW

SIDE VIEW

Status E-stop

2

3

4 1

5 2

6 3

4

7

5

8

BACK VIEW MOTOR 1

6

7

8

MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1

MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2

MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3

C A U T I O N4 MOTOR !

CAUTION

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER

Power

NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

!

CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

Status Type: Power: S/N:

E-stop

Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

Type: Power: S/N: Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia

MOTOR 5-6 MOTOR 3-4

MOTOR 7-8 MOTOR 5-6

MOTOR 7-8

EME

MOTOR 3-4 MOTOR 1-2

LINK/REMOTE

MOTOR 5

MOTOR 6 MOTOR 5

MOTOR 7 MOTOR 6

MOTOR 8 MOTOR 7

L1 L2 L3

320

L1 L2 L3

DL8

LINK/REMOTE

MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A

GO

LIMIT STOP

RGE

CY N

MOTOR 1-2 MAIN

RGE

CY N

MAIN

EME

LIMIT STOP

FUSE T6.3A

GO

DL8

321


CONTROLLERS

CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS

RHG

DH1

REMOTE GO CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS

3-PHASE LITEC DRIVER KEYPAD

RHG / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Double-isolated yellow keypad in polyester preimpregnated fiberglass

Material: Yellow plastic Handle 1 x Emergency stop mushroom button 1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)

• 1 x Emergency Stop mushroom button

Cable length: 15m

• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 1 (requires operator to be present)

1 x flying XLR 5 pole female connector Weight: 1.5kg including 15m cable

• Compatible with most chain hoists available on the market.

RH4C REMOTE DIRECTION CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS RH4C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DH1 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

LINK

RH4C

M1

Hanging 1-Channel direct control keypad

Rated operational current per output: 10A in AC3 – AC4

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 16A 6H 3P+N+T IP44 with mechanical phase inverter

Weight: 2.10Kg / Dimensions: 200x85x75.4mm

Outputs: 1 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T IP67 flying plug

Ambient Temperature – Operation: -25°C/+70°C

Ambient Temperature – Storage: -40°C/+70°C

M3

UP

Material: Aluminium box 2mm thick – grey powder coating Grey color

OFF

M2

1 x Emergency stop mushroom button

M4

DOWN

4 x Direction switch with light indication

DH2

XLR5pin male on body for cable connection

2-CHANNEL DIRECT CONTROL KEYPAD

STOP

1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)

GO

Weight: 1.2kg

Double-isolated yellow keypad in polyester preimpregnated fiberglass

RH8C

• 1 x Emergency Stop mushroom button

RH8C - REMOTE DIRECTION CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS This controller allows to control EXE-Drivers via digital 5 pin cable connection. To perform standard operation you need to have full lines cable equipped with Neutrik 5pin connectors. Maximum cable length is 100 m. Data connection is performed via RS485 communication line.

• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 1 (requires operator to be present)

RH8C

LINK

M1

Grey color

UP

M2

1 x Emergency stop mushroom button 1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)

OFF

M3

M4

• Compatible with most chain hoists available on the market.

M5

RH8C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Material: Aluminium box 2mm thick – grey powder coating

• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 2 (requires operator to be present)

DOWN STOP

DH2 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DH2 M6

M7

M8

Hanging 2-Channel direct control keypad

Rated operational current per output: 5A in AC3 – AC4

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 16A 6H 3P+N+T IP44 with mechanical phase inverter

Weight: 3.7Kg / Dimensions: 310x98x76mm

Outputs: 2 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T IP67 flying plug

Ambient Temperature – Operation: -25°C/+70°C

Ambient Temperature – Storage: -40°C/+70°C

GO

8 x Direction switch with light indication XLR5pin male on body for cable connection Weight: 1.2kg

322

323


CONTROLLERS

CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS

EXE DRIVERS

CONTROLLERS

Code XDDB4 XDDB8 XDDL4 XDDL8 XDRHG XDRH4C XDRH8C

Controller description EXE Base Driver DC Hoist 4CHx4A control 400VAC 3U rack EXE Base Driver DC Hoist 8CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Digital Link Driver DC Hoist 4CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Digital Link Driver DC Hoist 8CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Remote control Stop & Go 15m for XDDL4 / 8 with XLR 5 pole male plug EXE Digital Remote control 4 Channels for XDDL4 with XLR 5 pole male plug on Body without cable EXE Digital Remote control 8 Channels for XDDL4 / 8 with XLR 5 pole male plug on Body without cable

FLIGHT CASE

Code XF4U

Description FLIGHT CASE (4U-RACK) PER MULTILINK CONTROLLER

POWER CHORDS

Code XPWC416A10 XPWC416A15 XPWC416A20 XPWC416A25 XPWC416A30

Description CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 10m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 15m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 20m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 25m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 30m - MENNEKES IP67

REMOTE CABLES

Code XHCB005 XHCB010 XHCB015 XHCB025 XHCB050

Description EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 5m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 10m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 15m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 25m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 50m

324

325


LITEC DRIVERS CONSISTENCY The range features hanging 1 and 2-Channel direct control keypads, and 4 and 8- Channel controllers in 2 and 4-rack-unit chassis. They are furnished with a mobile plug with mechanical phase inverter to manage any 3-phase direct/inverse sequence supply. They are compatible with LITEC and EXE Rise chain hoists, and with most chain hoists present on the market from 0.19kW to 1.6kW. They conform to - Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC - Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and are in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 12100-1:2004, EN 12100-2:2004, EN60204-1:2007, EN60204-32:2009, EN349:1994.


CONTROLLERS LITEC DRIVERS

SAFETY MEASURES PRESENT INSIDE LITEC DRIVERS Each non-manual control unit has a MCB & RCD BREAKER before the power circuit that guarantees for every equipment and a protection against overload and short circuit. In addition to this feature, the DL8-4 series controllers have a release coil operated directly by the Emergency Stop mushroom button, which allows the general power switch to act immediately. In the case of DL models, the real coil’s function is also extended to the emergency buttons of all control units linked as slaves. The models DL are provided with individual magneto-thermic protections for each channel. Overload protection and motor overload switches have three basic characteristics: ➊ Their intervention limit can be individually set by turning the graduated nut on the front, allowing the motor hoist to be checked and protected from excessive wear by preventing the malfunction that can be caused by breakages or overloads. ➋ Overload protectors must all be inserted for the GO function of the control units to work –if even a single protector is not inserted, the equipment cannot work. If a motor protector is triggered during operation of the control unit, the equipment stops. ➌ When a system of “n” DL-model controls is in operation, any intervention of the overload protector will simultaneously interrupt the work of all chain hoists linked together, ensuring the safety of the whole system.

328

329


CONTROLLERS

CONTROLLERS / LITEC DRIVERS

LITEC DRIVERS

DB4 4-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER 2 RACK UNITS It has been designed and manufactured to manage separately or simultaneously from 1 up to 4 direct control motors with compatible electric features. It is provided with:

• • • • • • • •

MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) LED light indicates presence of line tension Magneto-thermic command circuit switch Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 4 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN) Protection General Contactor Front panel: 2 rack units

DB4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4 Weight: 10 kg Dimensions: 482x95x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level

DL4-A

4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 1.6A–2.5A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker

DL4-B

4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 2.5A-4.0A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker

DL4-C

4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 4.0A-6.3A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker

MULTILINK CONTROLLER

DL4-A-B-C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The LT LDDL4 controllers have been designed and constructed to control from 1 up to 4 electrically compatible motors, either separately or simultaneously, using direct tension feed; as well as having the capacity to run Master or Slave set ups linking additional compatible LT LDDL4 or L8 units, thus controlling a larger number of hoists. Particular attention to safety has been applied within the product design, for example the provision of the break coil in every unit, to cut the power supply in the event of a breakdown or adverse operating conditions. They are provided with:

Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

330

Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output:

2.5A for mod.A AC3-AC4 4A for mod. B AC3-AC4 6A for mod.C AC3-AC4

Weight: 14 kg Dimensions: 482x184x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level

MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) General switch release coil Protection General Contactor LED light indicates presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 2 position Master Mode selectors: Master mode – Slave mode 2 position Slave Mode selectors: Final Slave mode – Middle Slave mode 4 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 8 x green LED lights indicating channel UP-DOWN preselection 4 x independently regulated motor overload protection Type L4A: 1.6A - 2.5A Type L4B: 2.5A – 4.0A Type L4C: 4.0A – 6.3A XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket XLR 3-pole IN Link panel socket Protection General Contactor

331


CONTROLLERS

CONTROLLERS / LITEC DRIVERS

DL8-A

8 channel multilink – 4 rack units with 1.6A–2.5A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker

DL8-B

8 channel multilink – 4 rack units with 2.5A-4.0A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker

LITEC DRIVERS Code

MULTILINK CONTROLLER The LT LDDL8 controllers have been designed and constructed to control from 1 up to 4 electrically compatible motors, either separately or simultaneously, using direct tension feed; as well as having the capacity to run Master or Slave set ups linking additional compatible LT LDDL4 or L8 units, thus controlling a larger number of hoists. Particular attention to safety has been applied within the product design, for example the provision of the break coil in every unit, to cut the power supply in the event of a breakdown or adverse operating conditions. They are provided with: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) General switch release coil LED light indicates presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 2 position Master Mode selectors: Master mode – Slave mode 2 position Slave Mode selectors: Final Slave mode – Middle Slave mode 8 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 16 x green LED lights indicating channel UP-DOWN preselection 8 x independently regulated motor overload protection Type L8A: 1.6A - 2.5A Type L8B: 2.5A – 4.0A XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket XLR 3-pole IN Link panel socket Protection General Contactor

332

DL8-A-B / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output: 2.5A for mod.A AC3-AC4 4A for mod. B AC3-AC4 Weight: 17 kg

Controller description

LDDH1 LDDH2 LDDB4 LDDL4-A LDDL4-B LDDL4-C LDDL8-A LDDL8-B

1 channel direct controller 2 channel direct controller 4 channel basic controller 4 channel multilink controller 4 channel multilink controller 4 channel multilink controller 8 channel multilink controller 8 channel multilink controller

Code

Weight

LDDH1 LDDH2 LDDB4 LDDL4-A LDDL4-B LDDL4-C LDDL8-A LDDL8-B

2.1 kg 3.7 kg 10.0 kg 14.0 kg 14.0 kg 14.0 kg 17.0 kg 17.0 kg

Hoist Control

Motor Cutout Fuse Ampere Rating

DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC

- - - 1.6/2.5 2.5/4.0 4.0/6.3 1.6/2.5 2.5/4.0

Dimensions: 482x184x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level

Dimensions mm

Linkable

200x85x75.4 310x98x76 485x95x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410

- - - yes yes yes yes yes

Thermal-magnetic residual current circuit breaker

- - yes yes yes yes yes yes

Max rated operational current per output

10A 5A 4A 2,5A 4A 6A 2,5A 4A Cut-off solenoid

- - - yes yes yes yes yes

Plug with phase inverter

yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes


CONTROLLERS

Fashion show in Milan, LITEC Archive.


RIGGING HARDWARE THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF QUALITY AND SAFETY LITEC offers a vast range of rigging accessories for lifting, fixing and anchoring structures, supplying the best-suited products for installations.

STEEL WIRE ROPES ROUNDSLINGS BELT RACHETS ANCHORING HARDWARE

338 339 340 341 342


STEEL WIRE ROPES / ROUNDSLING

RIGGING HARDWARE

STEEL WIRE ROPES

ROUNDSLINGS Essential for lifting and hanging loads and structures.

216-wire metal core ropes with end eyes, oversized thimbles and conical ferrules. Available with 1 or 2-ton SWL/WLL* capacities. Colour coded thimbles to facilitate a length identification and overdimensioned – 16 mm wire – to permit an easy introduction of a 4.75 ton shackle. • • • •

RGRS polyester roundslings Black endless polyester slings. Useful for creating basket or choke bridles on structures and trusses.

Thimbles two-sizes bigger than the rope Talurit-type conical ferrules Metal core Ferrules are marked with the lot reference number, capacity and rope diameter.

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGSW

2 models

1 or 2 tons

2 versions

pure rope or rope sheath

9 sizes

from 0.75 to 12 metres

Safety factor:

5:1

• Endless slings • Black polyester anchoring 100% • Sheath made in a highly abrasion-resistant material TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGRS

Code

2 models

1.0 and 2.0 tons

RGRS101

0.5 m EWL

1000 kg

Code RGRS201

0.5 m EWL

2000 kg

6 sizes

from 0.5 to 3 metres in diameter

RGRS102

1.0 m EWL

RGRS202

1.0 m EWL

Safety factor

7:1

RGRS103

1.5 m EWL

RGRS203

1.5 m EWL

RGRS104

2.0 m EWL

RGRS204

2.0 m EWL

RGRS105

2.5 m EWL

RGRS205

2.5 m EWL

RGRS106

3.0 m EWL

RGRS206

3.0 m EWL

1.50 metres

pink

2 .00 metres

white

3.00 metres

light blue

4.00 metres

blu

6.00 metres

yellow

9.00 metres

brown

10.00 metres

green

12.00 metres

RGSW 1150 RGSW1200 RGSW 1300 RGSW1400 RGSW 1600 RGSW 1900 RGSW 11000 RGSW 11200

Thimbles are fixed to the ends of our steel wire ropes with Talurit-type conical ferrules; the ferrules are fitted by cold pressing in compliance with European standards EN 13411 and DIN 3093. The inspection hole on the ferrule is useful for the rope manufacturer for tests and inspections, but not necessarily for the end user (EN 13411-3). It is remotely possible for a rope to slip from a ferrule, however before this happens the rope thimbles will already have changed shape. Regular checking of the thimble shape together with rope strand condition tests are an excellent guarantee of safety. *SWL/WLL = Safe Working Load / Working Load Limit

pure rope RGSW 2075 RGSW 2150 RGSW2200 RGSW 2300 RGSW2400 RGSW 2600 RGSW 2900 RGSW 21000

rope with sheath RGSWC 1075 RGSWC 1150 RGSWC 1300

rope with sheath RGSWC 2075 RGSWC 2150 RGSWC 2300

RGSW 21200

Steel wire loop sling protected with black reinforced sheath abrasion-resistant. When installed, it does not need any additional safety device. • • • •

High heat resistance Core: 25 loops of zinc plated 2mm wire rope Inspection gap permits a complete inspection of the wire rope They comply with the Standards EN 13414 1-3, EN 1492-2, BGV-C1

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGRSS

Code

2000 kg

1 model

2 tons

RGSS202

1 m EWL*

3 sizes

from 1 to 3 metres in diameter

RGSS204

2 m EWL

Safety factor

5:1

RGSS206

3 m EWL

6 strand rope with 26 wires each total 216 wires. 20 mm

40 mm

50 mm

red

pure rope RGSW 1075

2000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 14 mm

0.75 metres

1000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 10 mm

rope length

orange

2000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 14 mm

Thimble colour

1000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 10 mm

RGSS soft steel slings

22 mm

WLL* CAPACITY OF A ROUNDSLING 1000 kg 2000 kg

MODE FACTOR Direct tension

1.0

Choke Up to 7°

The MODE FACTOR, i.e. the way a roundsling is used, should always be considered when calculating rigging capacities. For this reason and owing to their susceptibility to shear, roundslings have a cofficient of 7 (EN 1492-2).

1000

2000

0.8

800

1600

2.0

2000

4000

Over 7° up to 45°

1.4

1400

2800

Over 45° up to 60°

1.0

1000

2000

Over 7° up to 45°

0.7

700

1400

*EWL= Effective Working Length

Over 45° up to 60°

0.5

500

1000

*WLL= Working Load Limit

Do not tie or connect roundslings to each other since this reduces their actual capacity in an uncontrollable way.

339


BELT RACHETS / ANCHORING

RIGGING HARDWARE

BELT RACHETS

ANCHORING

Anchoring consisting of 35 and 50mm polyester belts for fastening and safety. Belt ratchets are often used to tension roof system sheets.

These products are ideal for adjusting anchoring and bracing cables.

RGTB turnbuckles

RGBR black belt ratchets 50mm (claw hook)

Zinc-plated with forked ends for adjusting anchoring and bracing cables. • Zinc-plated with forked ends • Forked ends with pin and bolt

• Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGBR

Code

WLL

Width

EWL

3 models

50 mm

RGBR55006GH

5000 kg *

50 mm

6m

Sizes

6 – 8 – 12 metres (3 and 6 metres available until stocks are exhausted)

RGBR55008GH

5000 kg *

50 mm

8m

RGBR55012GH

5000 kg *

50 mm

12 m

Safety factor

2:1

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGTB

2 models

from 1.0 to 2.36 tons

Excursion

17.1 cm

Safety factor

5:1

Code Description

Max closing

Max opening

RGTB10

1/2’’ turnbuckle 1 ton–414/585 mm

41.4 cm 58.5 cm

RGTB20

3/4’’ turnbuckle 2.36ton–508/679 mm

50.8 cm 67.9 cm 17.1 cm

Excursion 17.1 cm

* Only if used a ring

RGBRT pull lash straps Belt tensioning ratchet with adjustable zinc plated hooks. Made with 50mm black polyester belt, it has a 2 ton WLL.

RGBR2 black belt ratchets 35mm • Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL

• Chromo-plated ratchet with aluminium handle • High abrasion resistance belt in polyester • 2.5 ton WLL

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGBR

Code

WLL

Width

EWL

2 models

35 mm

RGBR23502K

2000 kg

35 mm

2m

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGBRT

Code

RGBRT

Sizes

2 – 8 metres

RGBR23508K

2000 kg

35 mm

8m

2 models

2.0 tons

RGBRT25002H

Pull Lash Strap – 2.5 ton – 2 m with swivel hook

Safety factor

2:1

Variable excursion

from 0 to 4 m

RGBRT25004H

Pull Lash Strap – 2.5 ton – 4 m with swivel hook

Safety factor

2:1

RGCC chain clutch sling RGBR5 black belt ratchets 50mm

Chain adjustable sling, with safety latch chain clutch.

• Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL

• 8 mm black DIN chain • 2 ton master link ending • 2 ton latch hook ending.

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGBR

Code

WLL

Width

2 models

50 mm

RGBR55008G

5000 kg

50 mm

8m

Sizes

8 – 12metres

RGBR55012G

5000 kg

50 mm

12 m

Safety factor

2:1

340

EWL

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGCC

Code

2 models

8 mm diameter

RGCCS20002MH

WLL 2000 kg

EWL

2 -3 m

RGCCS20003MH

2000 kg

Safety factor

4:1

EWL

2m 3m

341


ANCHORING / HARDWARE

RIGGING HARDWARE

RGLCH anchoring chain 8mm

RGSH omega shackles with threaded pin

It is a chain specifically thought to do wind bracing on truss systems thus guaranteeing the highest safety. It cannot be used for lifting loads. It is available in 2 lengths, 2 mt and 4 mt.

B

3 kinds of zinc-plated omega shackles are available for anchoring connections and ropes.

L

• Zinc-plated steel omega shackles • Red screw pin • Each shackle is marked with its size in inches and millimetres and its WLL load limit

• DIN 763 Chain • Grade 3 • Steel material.

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGLCH

Code

EWL

2 models

8x52 mm

RGLCH085402

2m

EWL

2-4 m

RGLCH085404

4m

Weight/m

1100 gr

R

W

P

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGSH

Code

size B

size P

3 models

from 2 to 4.75 tons

RGSH200C 30.5 mm

33.0 mm

16.0 mm 20.5 mm

46.5 mm

Weight

LT RGSH200C 0.34 kg LT RGSH325C 0.59 kg LT RGSH475C 1.021 kg

RGSH325C 38.5 mm

41.0 mm

18.0 mm 25.5 mm

60.0 mm

RGSH475C 47.0 mm

49.5 mm

22.0 mm 31.5 mm

69.0 mm

Safety factor

5:1

HARDWARE

size R

size W

size L

A

The very best equipment for safe rigging.

RGML master links RGBC beam clamps

Two master link models (2.4 and 3.15 tons) are available for anchoring connections using shackles.

Clamps suitable for hanging hoists and other lifting devices on I and H girders and beams. • • • • •

B

Made in steel Black powder coated Adjustable to fit a wide range of flange widths, until 320 mm Reduced overall vertical height Marked for traceability with serial number and CE

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGBC

Code

Beam Clamp

WLL

Truss Length

Weight

3 models

from 1 to 3 tons

RGBC1B

WLL 1000 Kg

1000 kg

75/230 mm

4 kg

Maximum excursion

1/2 ton: 284 mm; 3 ton: 365 mm

RGBC2B

WLL 2000 Kg

2000 kg

75/230 mm

5 kg

Safety factor

4:1

RGBC3B

WLL 3000 Kg 3000 kg

80/320 mm

9 kg

C

TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

RGML

Code

Master Link

size A mm

size B mm size C mm

2 models

2 and 3.15 tons

RGML2120C WLL 2.120 kg

16

69

118

Weight

0.53 and 0.92 kg

RGML3150C WLL 3.150 kg

18

77

135

Safety factor

4:1

SC60 safety cable TECNICAL SPECIFICATION

SC60

Wire

3 mm

WLL capacity

30 kg

342

343


RIGGING HARDWARE


LITEC TRUSS WORLD special thanks All people who have contributed to the realization of this work deserve sincere thanks. Our special gratitude and appreciation is due to our distributors, dealers, customers, rental companies whose guidance and supervision have enabled the development of this catalogue to attain this level. Their valuable and constructive ideas from the very inception to its realization have inspired us a lot. Thank you very much for sharing your concepts and photographic material, in particular: AB Computer, Ingnegneria & Architettura Macerata, Italy – QX25S AC Entertainment, Leeds, UK – Flyintower 6-300 Actus Industries Ltd., Greenford, UK RL105A for Queen Jubilee

RL105A, QL52A Roof system Milos America, Inc., Ashland, VA – LIBERA Alusfera 2 Mister X Service | Event Services, Cremona, Italy, Closure in the Bespoke Solutions session

AMG International, Rome, Italy – RL76A

Music Data s.r.o., Velke Mezirici, Repubblica Ceca Introduction

Arch. Stefano Cacciapaglia & Carlo Celìa, Rome, Italy, QX40SA

Peter Lambert Production Services Ltd., UK Zebra trusses for The Lion King in Bespoke Solutions

Arena Music d.o.o., Ljubljana, Slovenia – LIBERA Tunnel Cooperativa Teatrale ATMO arl, Perugia, Italy – QH40SA

Prozvok, d.o.o., Notranje Gorice, Slovenia LIBERA FL105, Maxitower 52, Maxitower 76, LIBERA FL105 double-pitch roof system 20x16m, LIBERA FL105 Double-pitch Roof system 24x16m

Dynamic Motion Rides GmbH, Vienna, Austria, Flyboard in the Bespoke Solutions

Regal Seton, Budapest, Hungary – LIBERA FL52, Towerlift 3, LIBERA FL52 single-pitch roof system

Edilpronto srl, Piacenza, Italy – QH30SA

Show Design, Trzebnica, Poland LIBERA FL76 single-pitch roof system 19x16m

Arte Sicilia srl, ACI S. Antonio (CT), Italy – FX25SA

Electra Service snc, Mantova, Italy Closure of LIBERA System “Star” trusses Es Devlin, London, UK The Muse Stage in the Bespoke Solutions

StageCo Ltd., Moscow, Russia LIBERA FL76, Terrace stand Roof Stage System srl, Milan, Italy- Alusfera FL52

Food & Media srl, Napoli, Italy - QL52A

Studio Berar Projekt, Novi Sad, Serbia – Arc Roof Systems,

Franchino Service srl, Chieti, Italy – TX30S

Studio Due Group srl, Treviso, Italy – Flyintower7.5-500H30A, LIBERA FL76 Single-Pitch Roof System 15x13m, LIBERA FL76 single-pitch roof system 17x13m, RL76A Roof Systems

Hathor srl, Viterbo, Italy Opening of LIBERA System “Star” trusses HSL Group Holding Ltd., Blackburn, UK – Flyintower 132,000 Infomedia Sistemi, Skopje, Macedonia – QX30SA, Varitower 3 Junglesport, Chelsea, Quebec, Canada, Equipped Gym Centre in the Bespoke Solutions Lamantia Tommaso, Milan, Italy Opening of High Load “Fork” trusses, MyT Light Partner, Herning, Denmark Limelite srl, Roma, Italy – Maxitower 40 MAS, Music, Art & Show, Milan, Italy “Priscilla – Queen of the Desert” in the Bespoke Solutions

TRANSCOLOR, Szeligi, Poland- RF40 TechnoPro llc, Dubai, UAE – Closure of End-plated trusses, QL40A, Unitower, Double-pitch Roof system 12x10m Ultralite, Ehingen-Donau, Germany LIBERA FL76 double pitch roof system 17x13m Verylight, Passil Park, Portugal Red Bull Springboard in the Bespoke Solutions Wi Creations, Heist-op-den-Berg, Belgium – QL76A Z.I. Lighting, Rijeka, Croatia RL105A, Double-pitch Roof Systems, LIBERA FL52 Single-Pitch Roof System, QL52A Roof system.

Mediteran Produkcija d.o.o., Šibenik, Croatia

347


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.